[go: up one dir, main page]

TWI905373B - Protective film formation film, composite film for protective film formation, and wafer regeneration method - Google Patents

Protective film formation film, composite film for protective film formation, and wafer regeneration method

Info

Publication number
TWI905373B
TWI905373B TW111103483A TW111103483A TWI905373B TW I905373 B TWI905373 B TW I905373B TW 111103483 A TW111103483 A TW 111103483A TW 111103483 A TW111103483 A TW 111103483A TW I905373 B TWI905373 B TW I905373B
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
protective film
aforementioned
film forming
wafer
mass
Prior art date
Application number
TW111103483A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TW202237770A (en
Inventor
野島一馬
Original Assignee
日商琳得科股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from JP2021047597A external-priority patent/JP7680233B2/en
Application filed by 日商琳得科股份有限公司 filed Critical 日商琳得科股份有限公司
Publication of TW202237770A publication Critical patent/TW202237770A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI905373B publication Critical patent/TWI905373B/en

Links

Abstract

本發明為一種保護膜形成膜,進行了拉伸試驗時,在應力最初成為0.1N/mm 2時的應變為0.5%以上,在應力最初成為0.6N/mm 2時的應變為200%以下;前述拉伸試驗係將作為複數片的前述保護膜形成膜的積層物之試驗片以2處取出30mm的間隔來保持,於前述2處之間在相對於前述試驗片的表面為平行的方向上,以速度1000mm/min拉伸前述試驗片,測定在前述試驗片所產生的前述應力、及前述試驗片在該拉伸方向上的前述應變。 This invention relates to a protective film forming membrane, which, when subjected to a tensile test, exhibits a strain of 0.5% or more when the initial stress is 0.1 N/mm², and a strain of 200% or less when the initial stress is 0.6 N/ mm² . The tensile test involves holding a test piece of the aforementioned protective film forming membrane, which is a plurality of sheets, with two 30 mm intervals between them. The test piece is stretched at a speed of 1000 mm/min in a direction parallel to the surface of the test piece between the two intervals, and the stress generated in the test piece and the strain of the test piece in the tensile direction are measured.

Description

保護膜形成膜、保護膜形成用複合片、以及晶圓之再生方法Protective film formation film, composite film for protective film formation, and wafer regeneration method

本發明係關於保護膜形成膜、保護膜形成用複合片、以及晶圓之再生方法。 This invention relates to a protective film forming film, a composite wafer for forming a protective film, and a method for wafer regeneration.

本案係基於2021年3月22日於日本提出申請之日本特願2021-047597號主張優先權,並將該申請案的內容援用於此。 This case is based on the claim for priority made in Japanese Patent Application No. 2021-047597 filed in Japan on March 22, 2021, and the contents of that application are incorporated herein by reference.

在半導體晶圓或絕緣體晶圓等之晶圓,有於其中一側的面(電路面)先形成電路,進而在該面(電路面)上具有凸塊等之突狀電極的晶圓。像這樣的晶圓,是藉由分割而成為晶片,並藉由該突狀電極連接到電路基板上的連接墊而搭載於前述電路基板。 A semiconductor wafer or insulator wafer, etc., has a circuit formed on one side (electrical surface), and then has protruding electrodes such as bumps on that side (electrical surface). Such wafers are diced into chips and mounted on a circuit substrate via bonding pads connected to the protruding electrodes.

在這樣的晶圓或晶片中,為了抑制龜裂的發生等之破損,有利用保護膜來保護與電路面為相反側之面(內面)的情形。 In such wafers or chips, a protective film is sometimes used to protect the side (inner surface) opposite to the electrical surface to prevent damage such as cracking.

為了形成這樣的保護膜,於晶圓的內面貼附用以形成保護膜的保護膜形成膜。保護膜形成膜亦有積層於用以支撐該保護膜形成膜的支撐片上,以保護膜形成用複合片的狀態使用的情況,亦有不積層於支撐片上而使用的情況(參照專利文獻1)。其次,於內面具備有保護膜形成膜之晶圓,經過之後的各種步驟,加工成於內面具備有保護膜之晶片(具保護膜之晶片)。這樣的具保護膜之晶片,在拾取後搭載於電路基板,構成各種基板裝置(例如半導體裝置)。 To form such a protective film, a protective film forming film is attached to the inner surface of the wafer. The protective film forming film may be deposited on a support sheet to support it, forming a protective film forming composite, or it may not be deposited on the support sheet (see Patent 1). Next, the wafer with the protective film forming film on its inner surface is processed through various steps to form a chip with a protective film on its inner surface (a chip with a protective film). This chip with a protective film is then picked up and mounted on a circuit board to form various substrate devices (e.g., semiconductor devices).

當將保護膜形成膜貼附至晶圓的內面時,有可能產生例如保護膜形成膜的貼附位置偏離、以在晶圓的內面與保護膜形成膜的貼附面之間夾著異物的狀態來貼附保護膜形成膜等之貼附異常。這種產生了貼附異常的晶圓,並不適於在後續的步驟使用。然後,若將產生了貼附異常的晶圓加以廢棄,由於晶圓高價,故而具保護膜之晶片和基板裝置的製造成本會上昇。於是,若自產生了貼附異常的晶圓將保護膜形成膜進行剝離,再度於晶圓的內面貼附另外準備的保護膜形成膜這種再貼附為可行的話,則有用性高。在本領域中針對一種保護膜形成膜進行探討,係以這種保護膜形成膜的再貼附為目的,藉由貼附至晶圓的內面後,自前述內面進行剝離,而使晶圓的內面成為可再生為可再貼附保護膜形成膜的狀態。然後,揭示了一種保護膜形成膜,保護膜形成膜對晶圓的貼附面之表面粗糙度(Ra)成為一定值以上(參照專利文獻2)。 When the protective film is attached to the inner surface of a wafer, attachment abnormalities may occur, such as misalignment of the protective film attachment position or attachment of the protective film with foreign objects trapped between the inner surface of the wafer and the attachment surface. Wafers with such attachment abnormalities are unsuitable for subsequent steps. Furthermore, discarding wafers with attachment abnormalities would increase the manufacturing cost of the protective film-coated chip and substrate assembly due to the high cost of wafers. Therefore, it would be highly useful if it were feasible to peel off the protective film from the wafer with attachment abnormalities and then reattach a newly prepared protective film to the inner surface of the wafer. This paper discusses a protective film forming film for the purpose of re-attaching this protective film. It involves attaching the film to the inner surface of a wafer and then peeling it off, thus making the inner surface of the wafer regenerable for re-attaching the protective film. Furthermore, a protective film forming film is disclosed in which the surface roughness (Ra) of the attachment surface of the wafer is a certain value or higher (see Patent Document 2).

[先前技術文獻] [Previous Technical Documents] [專利文獻] [Patent Documents]

[專利文獻1]國際公開第2015/111632號。 [Patent Document 1] International Publication No. 2015/111632.

[專利文獻2]國際公開第2016/158727號。 [Patent Document 2] International Publication No. 2016/158727.

晶圓通常是藉由磨削該晶圓的內面,來調節晶圓使用時的厚度。晶圓的內面係例如使用研磨機,最初為粗略地進行磨削,最終則以平滑性變高的方式進行最後磨削(finish grinding)。不過,在最近為了縮短磨削時間,逐漸變成使用省略了最後磨削而磨削面成為維持著粗糙的晶圓。 The thickness of a wafer is typically adjusted for use by grinding its inner surface. This inner surface is initially coarsely ground using a grinding machine, followed by a final grinding process to achieve a smoother finish. However, recently, in an effort to shorten grinding time, the final grinding process has been omitted, resulting in a wafer with a rougher surface.

在這種粗糙的磨削面(內面),存在多數深度深且尺寸大的凹部。當在這種晶圓的內面貼附保護膜形成膜時,需要將凹部利用保護膜形成膜來充分地埋入。若不這樣做,自保護膜形成膜形成保護膜後,有時保護膜與晶圓或晶片的接著強度會變低,最終所獲得的基板裝置的可靠性會變低。於是,為了避免這種不良狀況,當在晶圓的粗糙內面貼附保護膜形成膜時,藉由將保護膜形成膜之貼附時的溫度與壓力提高到比通常還高,並減緩速度,使得凹部利用保護膜形成膜來充分地埋入。 On this rough, ground surface (inner surface), there are numerous deep and large recesses. When a protective film is applied to the inner surface of this wafer, these recesses need to be fully embedded using the protective film. If this is not done, the adhesion strength between the protective film and the wafer or chip may decrease after the protective film is formed, ultimately reducing the reliability of the resulting substrate assembly. Therefore, to avoid this problem, when applying the protective film to the rough inner surface of the wafer, the temperature and pressure during application are increased higher than usual, and the application speed is slowed down, ensuring that the recesses are fully embedded using the protective film.

不過,如此一來在貼附保護膜形成膜而產生了貼附異常的情況,由於保護膜形成膜充分地被埋入凹部,保護膜形成膜自晶圓的剝離變得困難,有時上述之保護膜形成膜的再貼附會變得困難。然後,在專利文獻1至專利文獻2所揭示的保護膜形成膜,目的並不在於解決這種問題點。 However, this can lead to adhesion abnormalities when the protective film is applied. Because the protective film is fully embedded in the recess, peeling it from the wafer becomes difficult, and sometimes re-application becomes challenging. Therefore, the protective film forms disclosed in Patents 1 and 2 are not intended to solve this problem.

本發明之目的在於提供一種保護膜形成膜、具備有前述保護膜形成膜之保護膜形成用複合片、使用了前述保護膜形成膜或保護膜形成用複合片的晶圓之再生方法,前述保護膜形成膜係用以在晶片的內面形成保護膜,在分割成晶片前之晶圓的內面貼附保護膜形成膜,其次以再貼附為目的,將保護膜形成膜自晶圓的內面進行了剝離時,即使晶圓的內面為粗糙的情況仍能夠容易地剝離,能夠將晶圓的內面再生為可再貼附保護膜形成膜的狀態。 The purpose of this invention is to provide a protective film forming film, a protective film forming composite having the aforementioned protective film forming film, and a method for regenerating a wafer using the aforementioned protective film forming film or protective film forming composite. The aforementioned protective film forming film is used to form a protective film on the inner surface of a wafer. The protective film forming film is applied to the inner surface of the wafer before it is diced into wafers. Furthermore, for the purpose of re-attaching, when the protective film forming film is peeled off from the inner surface of the wafer, it can be easily peeled off even if the inner surface of the wafer is rough, thus regenerating the inner surface of the wafer into a state where a protective film forming film can be reattached.

本發明提供一種保護膜形成膜,進行了拉伸試驗(將作為複數片的前述保護膜形成膜的積層物之試驗片以2處取出30mm的間隔來保持,於前述2處之間在相對於前述試驗片的表面為平行的方向上,以速度1000mm/min拉伸前述試驗片,測定在前述試驗片所產生的應力、及前述試驗片在該拉伸方向上的應 變)時,在前述應力最初成為0.1N/mm2時的前述應變為0.5%以上,在前述應力最初成為0.6N/mm2時的前述應變為200%以下。 The present invention provides a protective film forming film that has undergone a tensile test (a test piece of the aforementioned protective film forming film, which is a plurality of sheets, is held with a 30 mm interval between two points, and the test piece is stretched at a speed of 1000 mm/min in a direction parallel to the surface of the test piece between the two points, and the stress generated in the test piece and the strain of the test piece in the tensile direction are measured). When the stress initially becomes 0.1 N/ mm² , the strain is 0.5% or more, and when the stress initially becomes 0.6 N/ mm² , the strain is 200% or less.

本發明之保護膜形成膜亦可在前述拉伸試驗中,直到前述應變成為350%為止,前述試驗片不會斷裂。 The protective film formed by this invention can also withstand the aforementioned tensile test, up to 350% of the required tensile strength, without the test piece breaking.

本發明之保護膜形成膜亦可為硬化性。 The protective film formed by this invention can also be hardened.

本發明之保護膜形成膜亦可為熱硬化性。 The protective film formed by this invention can also be thermosetting.

本發明提供一種保護膜形成用複合片,係具備:支撐片、以及設置於前述支撐片之一側的面上之保護膜形成膜;前述保護膜形成膜係上述的本發明之保護膜形成膜。 This invention provides a composite sheet for forming a protective film, comprising: a support sheet and a protective film forming film disposed on one side of the support sheet; the protective film forming film is the protective film forming film of this invention.

再者,本發明提供一種晶圓之再生方法,係將上述的本發明之保護膜形成膜、或是上述的本發明之保護膜形成用複合片中的保護膜形成膜貼附至晶圓的內面後,將前述保護膜形成膜自前述晶圓的內面進行剝離,而使前述晶圓的內面成為可再貼附前述保護膜形成膜之狀態,藉此將前述晶圓進行再生。 Furthermore, this invention provides a wafer regeneration method, which involves attaching the protective film forming film of this invention, or the protective film forming composite of this invention, to the inner surface of a wafer, and then peeling the protective film forming film off the inner surface of the wafer, thereby making the inner surface of the wafer ready for reattaching the protective film forming film, thus regenerating the wafer.

根據本發明,可提供一種保護膜形成膜、具備有前述保護膜形成膜之保護膜形成用複合片、使用了前述保護膜形成膜或保護膜形成用複合片的晶圓之再生方法,前述保護膜形成膜係用以在晶片的內面形成保護膜,在分割成晶片前之晶圓的內面貼附保護膜形成膜,其次以再貼附為目的,將保護膜形成膜自晶圓的內面進行了剝離時,即使晶圓的內面為粗糙的情況仍能夠容易地剝離,能夠將晶圓的內面再生為可再貼附保護膜形成膜的狀態。 According to the present invention, a protective film forming film, a protective film forming composite having the aforementioned protective film forming film, and a method for regenerating a wafer using the aforementioned protective film forming film or protective film forming composite are provided. The aforementioned protective film forming film is used to form a protective film on the inner surface of a wafer. The protective film forming film is attached to the inner surface of the wafer before it is diced into wafers. Then, for the purpose of re-attaching, when the protective film forming film is peeled off from the inner surface of the wafer, it can be easily peeled off even if the inner surface of the wafer is rough, thus regenerating the inner surface of the wafer into a state where a protective film forming film can be reattached.

10,20:支撐片 10,20: Support tablets

10a,20a:支撐片之一側的面(第1面) 10a, 20a: One side of the support plate (side 1)

11:基材 11: Substrate

11a:基材之一側的面(第1面) 11a: One side of the substrate (side 1)

12:黏著劑層 12: Adhesive layer

12a:黏著劑層之一側的面(第1面) 12a: One side of the adhesive layer (side 1)

13,23:保護膜形成膜 13,23: Protective film formation

13a,23a:保護膜形成膜之一側的面(第1面) 13a, 23a: Surfaces on one side of the protective film (surface 1)

13b,23b:保護膜形成膜之另一側的面(第2面) 13b, 23b: The protective film forms on the other side of the membrane (the second side).

15:剝離膜 15: Desquamation

151:第1剝離膜 151: First membrane exfoliation

152:第2剝離膜 152: Second exfoliation membrane

16:治具用接著劑層 16: Adhesive layer for jigs

16a:治具用接著劑層之一側的面(第1面) 16a: One side of the adhesive layer for the jig (side 1)

101,102,103,104:保護膜形成用複合片 101, 102, 103, 104: Composite sheets for forming protective films

401:積層複合片 401: Laminated Composite Film

501:積層膜 501:Laminated film

6:黏著帶 6: Adhesive tape

9:晶圓 9: Wafer

9b:晶圓的內面 9b: Inner surface of the wafer

[圖1]為示意地表示本發明的一實施形態之保護膜形成膜之一例的剖面圖。 [Figure 1] is a schematic cross-sectional view illustrating an example of a protective film forming membrane according to an embodiment of the present invention.

[圖2]為示意地表示本發明的一實施形態之保護膜形成用複合片之一例的剖面圖。 [Figure 2] is a cross-sectional view schematically illustrating an example of a composite sheet for forming a protective film according to an embodiment of the present invention.

[圖3]為示意地表示本發明的一實施形態之保護膜形成用複合片之其他例的剖面圖。 [Figure 3] is a cross-sectional view schematically illustrating another example of a composite sheet for forming a protective film according to an embodiment of the present invention.

[圖4]為示意地表示本發明的一實施形態之保護膜形成用複合片之又一其他例的剖面圖。 [Figure 4] is a cross-sectional view schematically illustrating yet another example of a composite sheet for forming a protective film, representing one embodiment of the present invention.

[圖5]為示意地表示本發明的一實施形態之保護膜形成用複合片之又一其他例的剖面圖。 [Figure 5] is a cross-sectional view schematically illustrating yet another example of a composite sheet for forming a protective film, representing one embodiment of the present invention.

[圖6A]為用以示意地說明本發明的一實施形態之晶圓之再生方法之一例、保護膜形成膜的再貼附方法之一例的剖面圖。 [Figure 6A] is a cross-sectional view illustrating one embodiment of the present invention: a wafer regeneration method and a protective film re-attachment method.

[圖6B]為用以示意地說明本發明的一實施形態之晶圓之再生方法之一例、保護膜形成膜的再貼附方法之一例的剖面圖。 [Figure 6B] is a cross-sectional view illustrating one embodiment of the present invention: a wafer regeneration method and a protective film re-attachment method.

[圖6C]為用以示意地說明本發明的一實施形態之晶圓之再生方法之一例、保護膜形成膜的再貼附方法之一例的剖面圖。 [Figure 6C] is a cross-sectional view illustrating one embodiment of the present invention: a wafer regeneration method and a protective film re-attachment method.

[圖6D]為用以示意地說明本發明的一實施形態之晶圓之再生方法之一例、保護膜形成膜的再貼附方法之一例的剖面圖。 [Figure 6D] is a cross-sectional view illustrating one embodiment of the present invention: a wafer regeneration method and a protective film re-attachment method.

[圖6E]為用以示意地說明本發明的一實施形態之晶圓之再生方法之一例、保護膜形成膜的再貼附方法之一例的剖面圖。 [Figure 6E] is a cross-sectional view illustrating one embodiment of the present invention: a wafer regeneration method and a protective film re-attachment method.

[圖7A]為用以示意地說明本發明的一實施形態之晶圓之再生方法之其他例、保護膜形成膜的再貼附方法之一例的剖面圖。 [Figure 7A] is a cross-sectional view illustrating another example of a wafer regeneration method and an example of a protective film re-attachment method, representing one embodiment of the present invention.

[圖7B]為用以示意地說明本發明的一實施形態之晶圓之再生方法之其他例、保護膜形成膜的再貼附方法之一例的剖面圖。 [Figure 7B] is a cross-sectional view illustrating another example of a wafer regeneration method and an example of a protective film re-attachment method, representing one embodiment of the present invention.

[圖7C]為用以示意地說明本發明的一實施形態之晶圓之再生方法之其他例、保護膜形成膜的再貼附方法之一例的剖面圖。 [Figure 7C] is a cross-sectional view illustrating another example of a wafer regeneration method and an example of a protective film re-attachment method, representing one embodiment of the present invention.

[圖7D]為用以示意地說明本發明的一實施形態之晶圓之再生方法之其他例、保護膜形成膜的再貼附方法之一例的剖面圖。 [Figure 7D] is a cross-sectional view illustrating another example of a wafer regeneration method and an example of a protective film re-attachment method, representing one embodiment of the present invention.

◇保護膜形成膜 ◇Protective film formation

本發明的一實施形態之保護膜形成膜係為了於晶片設置保護膜來保護晶片所使用的膜,進行了拉伸試驗(將作為複數片的前述保護膜形成膜的積層物之試驗片以2處取出30mm的間隔來保持,於前述2處之間在相對於前述試驗片的表面為平行的方向上,以速度1000mm/min拉伸前述試驗片,測定在前述試驗片所產生的應力、及前述試驗片在該拉伸方向上的應變)時,在前述應力最初成為0.1N/mm2時的前述應變(本說明書中,有時簡稱為「應變(0.1N/mm2)」)為0.5%以上,在前述應力最初成為0.6N/mm2時的前述應變(本說明書中,有時簡稱為「應變(0.6N/mm2)」)為200%以下。 One embodiment of the present invention is a protective film forming film used to protect a wafer by applying a protective film to it. A tensile test was performed (a stack of the aforementioned protective film forming film, consisting of multiple sheets, was held with two 30mm intervals between its segments. Between these two segments, the test sheets were stretched at a speed of 1000mm/min in a direction parallel to the surface of the test sheets. The stress generated in the test sheets and the strain of the test sheets in the tensile direction were measured). When the stress initially reached 0.1 N/ mm² , the strain (sometimes referred to as "strain (0.1 N/ mm² )" in this specification) was 0.5% or more. When the stress initially reached 0.6 N/ mm² , the strain (sometimes referred to as "strain (0.6 N/mm² ) " in this specification) was also measured. The percentage is below 200%.

本實施形態之保護膜形成膜例如如同後述,藉由與支撐片進行積層,能夠構成保護膜形成用複合片。 The protective film forming film of this embodiment, as described later, can form a composite sheet for forming a protective film by laminating it with a support sheet.

藉由使用本實施形態之保護膜形成膜、或使用具備有該保護膜形成膜之保護膜形成用複合片,能夠製造具備有晶片、設置於前述晶片的內面之保護膜的具保護膜之晶片。 By using the protective film forming film of this embodiment, or by using a protective film forming composite sheet having the protective film forming film, it is possible to manufacture a wafer having a protective film disposed on the inner surface of the wafer.

前述具保護膜之晶片能夠藉由例如下述方式來製造:於晶圓的內面貼附保護膜形成膜後,藉由保護膜形成膜的硬化而形成保護膜,將晶圓分割成晶片,沿著晶片的外圍將保護膜切斷。 The aforementioned wafer with a protective film can be manufactured, for example, by: attaching a protective film to the inner surface of the wafer to form a protective film, then allowing the protective film to harden to form a protective film; dividing the wafer into wafers; and finally cutting the protective film along the outer perimeter of the wafers.

本說明書中,可舉出以矽、鍺、硒等之元素半導體或是以GaAs、GaP、InP、CdTe、ZnSe、SiC等之化合物半導體所構成之半導體晶圓;以藍寶石、玻璃、鈮酸鋰、鉭酸鋰等之絕緣體所構成之絕緣體晶圓來作為「晶圓」。 This specification may use examples of semiconductor wafers made of elemental semiconductors such as silicon, germanium, and selenium, or compound semiconductors such as GaAs, GaP, InP, CdTe, ZnSe, and SiC, as well as insulating wafers made of insulators such as sapphire, glass, lithium niobate, and lithium tantalum as examples of "wafers".

在這些晶圓之一側的面上形成有電路,本說明書中,將像這樣形成有電路之側的晶圓的面稱為「電路面」。然後,將晶圓之與電路面為相反側之面稱為「內面」。 A circuit is formed on one side of these wafers; in this specification, this side of the wafer with the circuit formed is referred to as the "electrical surface." Then, the side of the wafer opposite to the electrical surface is referred to as the "inner surface."

晶圓藉由切割等之手段被分割而成為晶片。本說明書中,與晶圓的情況同樣地將形成有電路之側的晶片的面稱為「電路面」,將晶片之與電路面為相反側之面稱為「內面」。 Wafers are diced into chips using methods such as dicing. In this specification, similar to the case of wafers, the side of the chip where the electrical circuits are formed is called the "surface," and the side of the chip opposite to the surface is called the "inner surface."

在晶圓的電路面與晶片的電路面較佳為皆設有凸塊、支柱等之突狀電極。突狀電極較佳為以焊料所構成。 Both the electrode surfaces on the wafer and the electrode surface on the chip preferably have protruding electrodes such as bumps or pillars. These protruding electrodes are preferably made of solder.

進而,藉由使用前述具保護膜之晶片而能夠製造基板裝置。 Furthermore, by using the aforementioned chip with a protective film, a substrate device can be manufactured.

本說明書中,所謂「基板裝置」意指具保護膜之晶片以電路面上的突狀電極來覆晶連接至電路基板上的連接墊所構成的基板裝置。例如,只要是使用半導體晶圓作為晶圓的情況,可舉出半導體裝置作為基板裝置。 In this specification, the term "substrate device" refers to a substrate device consisting of a chip with a protective film, which is die-connected to a circuit substrate using protruding electrodes on the electrical surface, and then to a bonding pad. For example, whenever a semiconductor wafer is used as the wafer, a semiconductor device can be cited as a substrate device.

在晶圓的粗糙內面(磨削面),存在多數深度深且尺寸大的凹部。當在這種晶圓的內面貼附保護膜形成膜時,需要將凹部利用保護膜形成膜來充分地埋入。藉由像這樣進行貼附,自保護膜形成膜來形成保護膜後,在保護膜 與晶圓或晶片之間能夠維持高接著強度,最終所獲得的基板裝置的可靠性會變高。 On the rough inner surface (grinding surface) of a wafer, there are numerous deep and large recesses. When a protective film is applied to this inner surface, it is necessary to fully embed these recesses using the protective film. By applying the film in this way, a high adhesion strength can be maintained between the protective film and the wafer or chip after the protective film is formed, ultimately resulting in higher reliability of the substrate device.

另一方面,當將保護膜形成膜貼附至晶圓的內面時,有可能產生貼附異常。這種產生了貼附異常的晶圓並不適宜直接使用,但是若廢棄則由於晶圓高價,故而具保護膜之晶片和基板裝置的製造成本會上昇。於是,期望進行自產生了貼附異常的晶圓將保護膜形成膜進行剝離,再度於晶圓的內面貼附保護膜形成膜這種再貼附。 On the other hand, when the protective film is attached to the inner surface of the wafer, attachment errors may occur. Wafers with such attachment errors are unsuitable for direct use, but discarding them would increase the manufacturing cost of the protective film-coated wafer and substrate assembly due to the high cost of wafers. Therefore, it is desirable to perform a re-attachment process, peeling off the protective film from the wafer with the attachment error and reattaching the protective film to the inner surface of the wafer.

不過,通常在晶圓的粗糙內面貼附了保護膜形成膜,保護膜形成膜充分地埋入於前述內面中的凹部的情況,保護膜形成膜自晶圓的剝離變得困難,有時保護膜形成膜的再貼附會變得困難。 However, when a protective film is typically attached to the rough inner surface of the wafer, and this protective film is fully embedded in the recesses of the aforementioned inner surface, peeling the protective film from the wafer becomes difficult, and sometimes reattaching the protective film becomes challenging.

相對於此,本實施形態之保護膜形成膜貼附至晶圓的內面後,以再貼附為目的自晶圓的內面進行剝離時,藉由具有上述般的應變特性,即使晶圓的內面為粗糙的情況,仍正常且容易地剝離。因此,本實施形態之保護膜形成膜藉由將晶圓的內面設為可再貼附保護膜形成膜的狀態,能夠將晶圓再生。本說明書中,有時將保護膜形成膜這種能夠將晶圓再生的特性稱為「晶圓之再生適性」。 In contrast, when the protective film of this embodiment is peeled off from the inner surface of the wafer for re-attachment purposes after being attached to the inner surface, it exhibits the aforementioned strain characteristics, allowing for normal and easy peeling even on a rough inner surface. Therefore, by making the inner surface of the wafer suitable for re-attachment of the protective film, the protective film of this embodiment enables wafer regeneration. In this specification, this wafer regeneration capability of the protective film is sometimes referred to as "wafer regeneration adaptability."

本領域中,有時亦將晶圓的「再生」稱為「重加工(rework)」。 In this field, the "recycling" of wafers is sometimes referred to as "rework."

本實施形態之保護膜形成膜,亦可藉由硬化而發揮作為保護膜的機能,亦可在未硬化的狀態發揮作為保護膜的機能。在未硬化的狀態發揮作為保護膜的機能之前述保護膜形成膜,例如在貼附至晶圓之目標處的階段,視為已形成保護膜。 The protective film formed in this embodiment can function as a protective film either through curing or in an uncured state. When the aforementioned protective film forms in an uncured state, for example, during the stage of attachment to the target area on the wafer, it is considered that a protective film has been formed.

本實施形態之保護膜形成膜可為硬化性及非硬化性中的任一種。 The protective film in this embodiment can be either hardened or non-hardened.

本實施形態之硬化性的保護膜形成膜可為熱硬化性及能量線硬化性中的任一種,亦可具有熱硬化性及能量線硬化性之雙方的特性。 The protective film formed by the curing property of this embodiment can be either thermosetting or energy-curing, or it can possess characteristics of both thermosetting and energy-curing properties.

本實施形態之保護膜形成膜亦可為非能量線硬化性。 The protective film in this embodiment can also be non-energy-line hardening.

本說明書中,所謂「能量線」意指在電磁波或帶電粒子束之中具有能量量子的能量線,作為該能量線之例可舉出紫外線、放射線、電子束等。紫外線例如能夠藉由使用高壓水銀燈、熔合燈、氙氣燈、黑光燈或LED(Light Emitting Diode;發光二極體)燈等作為紫外線源進行照射。電子束係能夠照射藉由電子束加速器等產生之電子束。 In this manual, the term "energy line" refers to an energy line containing energy quanta within electromagnetic waves or beams of charged particles. Examples of such energy lines include ultraviolet rays, radiation, and electron beams. Ultraviolet rays can be emitted by irradiation using high-pressure mercury lamps, fusion lamps, xenon lamps, black lights, or LED (Light Emitting Diode) lamps. Electron beams are generated by irradiation using electron beam accelerators or similar devices.

本說明書中,所謂「能量線硬化性」意指藉由照射能量線而硬化的性質,所謂「非能量線硬化性」意指即便照射能量線也不會硬化的性質。 In this manual, "energy line hardening property" refers to the property of hardening by exposure to energy lines, while "non-energy line hardening property" refers to the property of not hardening even when exposed to energy lines.

本說明書中,所謂「非硬化性」意指不論藉由加熱或照射能量線等什麼樣的手段也不會硬化的性質。 In this instruction manual, "non-hardening" means that it will not harden regardless of whether it is heated or exposed to energy rays.

使前述保護膜形成膜進行熱硬化而形成保護膜的情況,與藉由照射能量線使之硬化的情況不同,保護膜形成膜即使厚度變厚,藉由加熱仍會充分地硬化,故能夠形成保護性能高的保護膜。又,能夠藉由使用加熱烘箱等之通常的加熱手段將多數的保護膜形成膜一起加熱使之熱硬化。 In the case of forming a protective film by thermosetting the aforementioned protective film, unlike the case of curing by irradiation, the protective film, even with increased thickness, will still fully harden upon heating, thus enabling the formation of a protective film with high protective performance. Furthermore, multiple protective films can be thermoset simultaneously using conventional heating methods such as heating ovens.

在藉由照射能量線使保護膜形成膜硬化而形成保護膜的情況,與使之熱硬化的情況不同,前述保護膜形成用複合片不需要具有耐熱性,能夠構成範圍寬廣的保護膜形成用複合片。又,藉由照射能量線能夠在短時間使之硬化。 In the case where a protective film is formed by curing it through irradiation energy, unlike the case of heat curing, the aforementioned composite sheet for forming protective films does not need to be heat-resistant, allowing for the formation of a wide range of protective film composite sheets. Furthermore, curing can be achieved in a short time through irradiation energy.

在不使保護膜形成膜硬化而作為保護膜使用的情況,由於能夠省略硬化步驟,故能夠以經簡化的步驟來製造具保護膜之晶片。 When the protective film is used as a protective film without undergoing film curing, the curing step can be omitted, allowing for the manufacture of wafers with a simplified process.

在能夠形成保護性能更高的保護膜這一點而言,前述保護膜形成膜較佳為硬化性,更佳為熱硬化性。 Regarding the ability to form a protective film with higher protective performance, the aforementioned protective film forming film is preferably curable, and more preferably thermosetting.

保護膜形成膜可由1層(單層)構成,亦可由2層以上的複數層構成。在保護膜形成膜由複數層構成的情況,這些複數層可互相相同亦可不同,這些複數層的的組合沒有特別限定。 The protective film can consist of a single layer (monolayer) or multiple layers (two or more). When the protective film consists of multiple layers, these layers can be identical or different, and there are no particular limitations on their combination.

本說明書中,不限於保護膜形成膜的情況,所謂「複數層可互相相同亦可不同」意指「可全部的層皆相同,可全部的層皆不同,亦可僅一部份的層相同」,並且所謂「複數層互相不同」意指「各層的構成材料及厚度的至少一種互相不同」。 In this specification, not limited to the formation of a protective film, the phrase "multiple layers may be the same or different from each other" means "all layers may be the same, all layers may be different, or only some layers may be the same," and the phrase "multiple layers are different from each other" means "at least one of the constituent materials and thicknesses of each layer is different from each other."

前述拉伸試驗係藉由將複數片的前述保護膜形成膜進行積層來製作積層物,並將此積層物用作試驗片來進行。更具體而言,係藉由下述方式進行:將前述試驗片以2處取出30mm的間隔來保持,於前述2處之間在相對於前述試驗片的表面(最表層的露出面)為平行的方向上,以速度1000mm/min拉伸前述試驗片,測定在前述試驗片所產生的應力、及前述試驗片在該拉伸方向(連結前述2處之方向)上的應變。 The aforementioned tensile test is conducted by laminating multiple sheets of the aforementioned protective film to create a laminate, which is then used as a test piece. More specifically, the test piece is held with two 30mm intervals between its points, and stretched at a speed of 1000mm/min in a direction parallel to the surface of the test piece (the outermost exposed surface) between these two points. The stress generated in the test piece and the strain of the test piece in the tensile direction (connecting the two points) are measured.

將試驗片以2處取出30mm的間隔來保持這種情況,意指當進行拉伸試驗時,在試驗片的拉伸方向上,試驗片可伸長之部分的長度在進行拉伸試驗之前的階段為30mm,此長度為試驗片的拉伸試驗之對象部分的長度。 The test piece is maintained with two 30mm intervals between removals. This means that when performing a tensile test, the length of the elongated portion of the test piece in the tensile direction before the test is 30mm; this length is the length of the portion of the test piece subject to the tensile test.

如同上述,在將試驗片以2處取出30mm的間隔來保持的時點,以試驗片在拉伸方向上的長度作為基準,經拉伸試驗片時之試驗片的伸度為△Lmm時,試驗片的前述應變可藉由下述式來算出:試驗片的應變(%)=△L(mm)/30(mm)×100。 As described above, when the test piece is held at two 30mm intervals, with the length of the test piece in the tensile direction as the reference, and the elongation of the test piece after stretching is ΔL mm, the aforementioned strain of the test piece can be calculated using the following formula: Strain of test piece (%) = ΔL (mm) / 30 (mm) × 100.

前述試驗片(積層物)的厚度只要不妨礙前述拉伸試驗的實施,無損於前述應力與應變的測定精度則沒有特別限定。 The thickness of the aforementioned test piece (laminate) is not particularly limited as long as it does not hinder the implementation of the aforementioned tensile test and does not impair the accuracy of the aforementioned stress and strain measurements.

通常,前述試驗片的厚度較佳為190μm至210μm,更佳為195μm至205μm,特佳為200μm。 Typically, the thickness of the aforementioned test piece is preferably 190 μm to 210 μm , more preferably 195 μm to 205 μm , and even more preferably 200 μm .

本說明書中,「厚度」並不限於前述試驗片的情況,除非另有說明,否則意指在對象物中以隨機地選出5處所測定之厚度的平均值,能夠依照JIS K7130並使用定壓厚度測定器來取得。 In this instruction manual, "thickness" is not limited to the aforementioned test piece. Unless otherwise stated, it means the average thickness measured at five randomly selected locations on the object, obtainable according to JIS K7130 using a constant pressure thickness gauge.

前述試驗片在前述2處的保持係能夠使用例如公知的夾持具(gripper)等之保持手段來進行。 The aforementioned test piece can be held at the aforementioned two locations using methods such as known grippers.

構成前述試驗片之保護膜形成膜的片數只要為2片以上則沒有特別限定,能夠依各個保護膜形成膜的厚度任意地選擇。 There is no particular limitation on the number of protective films forming the aforementioned test piece, as long as there are two or more such films; the number can be arbitrarily selected based on the thickness of each protective film.

例如,在製作厚度為200μm之試驗片的情況,藉由使用厚度為40μm之5片的保護膜形成膜,能夠更容易地製作前述試驗片。但是,此為一例,使用的保護膜形成膜的片數與厚度並不限定於此。 For example, when preparing a test piece with a thickness of 200 μm , it is easier to prepare the test piece by using a protective film forming membrane of 5 sheets with a thickness of 40 μm . However, this is just one example, and the number and thickness of the protective film forming membrane used are not limited to this.

前述試驗片的寬度(相對於連結前述2處之方向為正交之方向的長度)只要無損於前述拉伸試驗的精度則沒有特別限定,例如可為10mm至20mm,特佳為15mm。 The width of the aforementioned test piece (the length relative to the direction orthogonal to the direction connecting the two points mentioned above) is not particularly limited, as long as it does not impair the accuracy of the tensile test; for example, it can be 10mm to 20mm, preferably 15mm.

本發明中,所謂「在前述應力最初成為0.1N/mm2時」,意指進行了上述的拉伸試驗時,前述應力從試驗開始逐漸上昇,當前述應力最初到達0.1N/mm2的時候。因此,即使藉由拉伸試驗而前述試驗片顯示降伏現象,前述應力減少到0.1N/mm2,這種情況仍不相當於「在前述應力最初成為0.1N/mm2時」。這些情況針對「在前述應力最初成為0.6N/mm2時」亦同。 In this invention, the phrase "when the aforementioned stress initially becomes 0.1 N/ mm² " means that during the tensile test described above, the aforementioned stress gradually increases from the start of the test until it initially reaches 0.1 N/ mm² . Therefore, even if the test piece exhibits yielding after the tensile test, reducing the aforementioned stress to 0.1 N/ mm² , this is still not equivalent to "when the aforementioned stress initially becomes 0.1 N/ mm² ". The same applies to "when the aforementioned stress initially becomes 0.6 N/ mm² ".

前述應變(0.1N/mm2)為0.5%以上,例如亦可為0.7%以上、1%以上、1.3%以上、1.7%以上、以及2%以上之中任一種。藉由應變(0.1N/mm2)在前述下限值以上,即使是晶圓的內面粗糙的情況,於自晶圓的內面將保護膜形成膜進行剝離之初期階段中,保護膜形成膜係正常且容易地剝離。例如,於此初期階段中,不會對晶圓施加過度的外力,晶圓的破損受到抑制。更具體而言,即便在晶圓的內面粗糙,於該內面深且大的凹部埋入有保護膜形成膜的情況,於自晶圓的內面將保護膜形成膜進行剝離之初期階段中,仍能夠一邊以小的力量使保護膜形成膜變形一邊做出自凹部拔出的起點。藉此,保護膜形成膜能夠正常且容易地開始自晶圓的內面剝離。與此相反,在保護膜形成膜難以變形的情況,難以做出自凹部將保護膜形成膜拔出的起點。再者,藉由應變(0.1N/mm2)在前述下限值以上,晶圓的固定狀態(例如在真空條件下被吸附固定的狀態)不符目的之解除受到抑制。又,為了剝離保護膜形成膜而貼附於保護膜形成膜使用之剝離帶自保護膜形成膜不符目的的剝離受到抑制。 The aforementioned strain (0.1 N/ mm² ) is 0.5% or more, for example, it can be any one of 0.7% or more, 1% or more, 1.3% or more, 1.7% or more, and 2% or more. With the strain (0.1 N/ mm² ) above the aforementioned lower limit, even in the case of wafer inner surface roughness, the protective film is peeled off normally and easily during the initial stage of peeling the protective film from the wafer inner surface. For example, in this initial stage, excessive external force is not applied to the wafer, and wafer damage is suppressed. More specifically, even when the inner surface of the wafer is rough, and a protective film is embedded in a deep and large recess on that inner surface, during the initial stage of peeling the protective film from the inner surface of the wafer, it is still possible to deform the protective film with a small force while simultaneously creating a starting point for pulling it out of the recess. This allows the protective film to begin peeling from the inner surface of the wafer normally and easily. Conversely, when the protective film is difficult to deform, it is difficult to create a starting point for pulling it out of the recess. Furthermore, because the strain (0.1 N/ mm² ) is above the aforementioned lower limit, the undesirable release of the wafer's fixed state (e.g., the state of being adsorbed and fixed under vacuum conditions) is suppressed. Furthermore, the peeling tape, which is attached to the protective film forming membrane for peeling off the protective film forming membrane, is not designed to peel off from the protective film forming membrane, and this is suppressed.

前述應變(0.1N/mm2)的上限值沒有特別限定。例如,於自晶圓的內面將保護膜形成膜進行剝離之初期階段中,就保護膜形成膜更容易進行剝離這一點而言,前述應變(0.1N/mm2)較佳為3%以下。 There is no particular upper limit to the aforementioned strain (0.1 N/ mm² ). For example, in the initial stage of peeling the protective film from the inner surface of the wafer, the aforementioned strain (0.1 N/ mm² ) is preferably less than 3% in terms of making the protective film easier to peel off.

前述應變(0.1N/mm2)能夠在任意組合上述任一種的下限值與上限值而設定的範圍內適當調節。例如,一實施形態中,應變(0.1N/mm2)可為0.5%至3%、0.7%至3%、1%至3%、1.3%至3%、1.7%至3%、以及2%至3%之中任一種。不過,這些是應變(0.1N/mm2)的一例。 The aforementioned strain (0.1 N/ mm² ) can be appropriately adjusted within a range set by any combination of the lower and upper limits described above. For example, in one embodiment, the strain (0.1 N/ mm² ) can be any one of 0.5% to 3%, 0.7% to 3%, 1% to 3%, 1.3% to 3%, 1.7% to 3%, and 2% to 3%. However, these are just examples of strain (0.1 N/ mm² ).

前述應變(0.6N/mm2)為200%以下,例如亦可為100%以下、20%以下、10%以下、7%以下、以及5%以下之中任一種。藉由應變(0.6N/mm2)在前述 上限值以下,即使是晶圓的內面粗糙的情況,於自晶圓的內面將保護膜形成膜進行剝離之後期階段中,保護膜形成膜係正常且容易地剝離。例如,於此後期階段中,保護膜形成膜的內聚破壞等受到抑制,保護膜形成膜在晶圓的內面之殘留受到抑制。更具體而言,即便在晶圓的內面粗糙,於該內面深且大的凹部埋入有保護膜形成膜的情況,於自晶圓的內面將保護膜形成膜進行剝離之初期階段中,如同上述,即使保護膜形成膜經以做出自凹部將保護膜形成膜拔出的起點之方式而變形,於自晶圓的內面將保護膜形成膜進行剝離之後期階段中,仍能夠抑制上述之保護膜形成膜的持續變形。藉此,保護膜形成膜能夠正常且容易地開始自晶圓的內面剝離。與此相反,在無法抑制保護膜形成膜的持續變形(變形會持續)的情況,經持續變形的保護膜形成膜的一部分則容易殘留在晶圓的內面。 The aforementioned strain (0.6 N/ mm² ) is 200% or less, and can also be any one of 100% or less, 20% or less, 10% or less, 7% or less, or 5% or less. Because the strain (0.6 N/ mm² ) is below the aforementioned upper limit, even in the case of a rough inner surface of the wafer, the protective film can be peeled off normally and easily in the later stage of peeling the protective film from the inner surface of the wafer. For example, in this later stage, cohesion breakdown of the protective film is suppressed, and the residue of the protective film on the inner surface of the wafer is suppressed. More specifically, even when the inner surface of the wafer is rough, and a protective film is embedded in a deep and large recess on that inner surface, in the initial stage of peeling the protective film from the inner surface of the wafer, as described above, even if the protective film deforms in a way that initiates its removal from the recess, in the later stage of peeling the protective film from the inner surface of the wafer, the continued deformation of the protective film can still be suppressed. Therefore, the protective film can begin to peel off from the inner surface of the wafer normally and easily. Conversely, if the continued deformation of the protective film cannot be suppressed (the deformation will continue), a portion of the continuously deformed protective film is likely to remain on the inner surface of the wafer.

前述應變(0.6N/mm2)的下限值沒有特別限定。例如,於自晶圓的內面將保護膜形成膜進行剝離之後期階段中,就保護膜形成膜更容易進行剝離這一點而言,前述應變(0.6N/mm2)較佳為1%以上。 The lower limit of the aforementioned strain (0.6 N/ mm² ) is not particularly limited. For example, in the later stage of peeling the protective film from the inner surface of the wafer, the aforementioned strain (0.6 N/ mm² ) is preferably 1% or more in terms of making the protective film easier to peel off.

前述應變(0.6N/mm2)能夠在任意組合上述的下限值與任一種的上限值而設定的範圍內適當調節。例如,一實施形態中,應變(0.6N/mm2)可為1%至200%、1%至100%、1%至20%、1%至10%、1%至7%、以及1%至5%之中任一種。不過,這些是應變(0.6N/mm2)的一例。 The aforementioned strain (0.6 N/ mm² ) can be appropriately adjusted within a range set by any combination of the aforementioned lower limit and any of the upper limits. For example, in one embodiment, the strain (0.6 N/ mm² ) can be any of 1% to 200%, 1% to 100%, 1% to 20%, 1% to 10%, 1% to 7%, and 1% to 5%. However, these are just examples of strain (0.6 N/ mm² ).

藉由前述應變(0.1N/mm2)為0.5%以上、前述應變(0.6N/mm2)為200%以下,即使是晶圓的內面粗糙的情況,在將前述保護膜形成膜自晶圓的內面進行剝離時,於剝離的初期階段與後期階段雙方之中,保護膜形成膜係正常且容易地剝離。因此,保護膜形成膜在晶圓之再生適性這點優異。 With the aforementioned strain (0.1 N/ mm² ) being 0.5% or more and the aforementioned strain (0.6 N/ mm² ) being 200% or less, even in cases where the inner surface of the wafer is rough, the protective film is peeled off normally and easily in both the initial and later stages of the peeling process. Therefore, the protective film exhibits superior wafer regeneration adaptability.

前述保護膜形成膜較佳為同時顯現出上述的應變(0.1N/mm2)之中任一種的數值範圍與上述的應變(0.6N/mm2)之中任一種的數值範圍。 The aforementioned protective film preferably exhibits both the strain range of 0.1 N/ mm² and the strain range of 0.6 N/ mm² .

不過,前述保護膜形成膜中,前述應變(0.6N/mm2)大於前述應變(0.1N/mm2)。 However, in the aforementioned protective film, the aforementioned strain (0.6 N/ mm² ) is greater than the aforementioned strain (0.1 N/ mm² ).

前述應變(0.1N/mm2)與前述應變(0.6N/mm2)皆能夠藉由調節前述保護膜形成膜的含有成分之種類與含量來調節。 Both the aforementioned strain (0.1 N/ mm² ) and the aforementioned strain (0.6 N/ mm² ) can be adjusted by regulating the type and content of the components contained in the aforementioned protective film.

例如,在熱硬化性的保護膜形成膜含有後述之聚合物成分(A)的情況,藉由調節聚合物成分(A)所具有之構成單元的種類與量,能夠更容易地調節應變(0.1N/mm2)與應變(0.6N/mm2)。更具體而言,例如,將具有一定量以上的構成單元(從後述之(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯之中,構成烷基酯之烷基的碳數為6以上且前述烷基為鏈狀結構的(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯所衍生而成)之丙烯酸樹脂用作聚合物成分(A),並調節該聚合物成分(A)的含量,藉此能夠更容易地調節應變(0.1N/mm2)與應變(0.6N/mm2)。再者,將具有一定量以上的從後述之丙烯腈所衍生而成的構成單元之丙烯酸樹脂用作聚合物成分(A),並調節該聚合物成分(A)的含量,藉此能夠更容易地調節應變(0.1N/mm2)與應變(0.6N/mm2)。 For example, when a thermosetting protective film contains the polymer component (A) described later, the strain (0.1 N/ mm² ) and strain (0.6 N/ mm² ) can be more easily adjusted by adjusting the type and amount of the constituent units of the polymer component (A). More specifically, for example, by using an acrylic resin having a certain amount or more of the constituent units (derived from alkyl methacrylates described later, wherein the alkyl group constituting the alkyl ester has 6 or more carbon atoms and the aforementioned alkyl group has a chain structure) as the polymer component (A), and adjusting the content of the polymer component (A), the strain (0.1 N/ mm² ) and strain (0.6 N/ mm² ) can be more easily adjusted. Furthermore, an acrylic resin containing a certain amount of constituent units derived from acrylonitrile (described later) is used as polymer component (A), and the content of polymer component (A) is adjusted, thereby making it easier to adjust the strain (0.1 N/mm 2 ) and strain (0.6 N/mm 2 ).

再者,例如在能量線硬化性的保護膜形成膜含有具有後述之能量線硬化性基的重量平均分子量為80000至2000000的聚合物(a1),或含有不具有能量線硬化性基的聚合物(b)的情況,與上述之熱硬化性的保護膜形成膜含有聚合物成分(A)的情況相同,藉由調節這些聚合物的成分(前述聚合物(a1)或前述聚合物(b))的種類與含量,能夠調節前述應變(0.1N/mm2)與前述應變(0.6N/mm2)。 Furthermore, for example, in the case where the energy-curable protective film forming film contains a polymer (a1) with a weight average molecular weight of 80,000 to 2,000,000 having the energy-curable group described later, or contains a polymer (b) without the energy-curable group, similar to the case where the thermosetting protective film forming film contains a polymer component (A), by adjusting the type and content of these polymer components (the aforementioned polymer (a1) or the aforementioned polymer (b)), the aforementioned strain (0.1 N/ mm² ) and the aforementioned strain (0.6 N/ mm² ) can be adjusted.

再者,例如在非硬化性的保護膜形成膜含有後述之熱塑性樹脂的情況,與上述之熱硬化性的保護膜形成膜含有聚合物成分(A)的情況相同,藉由調節熱塑性樹脂的種類與含量,能夠調節前述應變(0.1N/mm2)與前述應變(0.6N/mm2)。 Furthermore, for example, in the case where the non-curing protective film contains the thermoplastic resin described later, similar to the case where the thermosetting protective film contains the polymer component (A), the aforementioned strain (0.1 N/ mm² ) and the aforementioned strain (0.6 N/ mm² ) can be adjusted by adjusting the type and content of the thermoplastic resin.

前述保護膜形成膜較佳為在前述拉伸試驗中,直到前述應變成為350%為止(在前述應變為超過0%至350%以下的範圍),前述試驗片不會斷裂。這種保護膜形成膜在晶圓之再生適性這點更為優異。 Preferably, the protective film formed in the aforementioned tensile test does not break the test piece until the strain reaches 350% (within the range of strain exceeding 0% but below 350%). This type of protective film formation exhibits superior wafer regeneration adaptability.

前述保護膜形成膜中任一側的面或兩面的表面粗糙度(Ra)沒有特別限定,較佳為未達300nm,更佳為未達100nm,例如亦可為未達50nm、未達40nm、以及未達38nm之中任一種。藉由將保護膜形成膜之這種表面粗糙度(Ra)的面貼合到晶圓的內面,即使晶圓的內面粗糙,仍能夠利用保護膜形成膜來更高度地埋入前述凹部,而結果,自保護膜形成膜形成保護膜後,在保護膜與晶圓或晶片之間能夠維持更高的接著強度。然後,亦無損於晶圓之再生適性。 The surface roughness (Ra) of any one or both sides of the aforementioned protective film is not particularly limited, but preferably less than 300 nm, more preferably less than 100 nm, and for example, it can also be any one of less than 50 nm, less than 40 nm, and less than 38 nm. By attaching the protective film with this surface roughness (Ra) to the inner surface of the wafer, even if the inner surface of the wafer is rough, the protective film can still be used to embed more deeply into the aforementioned recesses. As a result, after the protective film is formed, a higher adhesion strength can be maintained between the protective film and the wafer or chip. Furthermore, the wafer's remanufacturability is not compromised.

前述保護膜形成膜之中任一側的面或兩面的表面粗糙度(Ra)的下限值沒有特別限定。例如,任一側的面或兩面的表面粗糙度(Ra)為20nm以上之保護膜形成膜能夠更容易形成。 There is no particular limitation on the lower limit of the surface roughness (Ra) of any one or both sides of the aforementioned protective film. For example, a protective film with a surface roughness (Ra) of 20 nm or higher on any one or both sides is easier to form.

本說明書中,所謂的表面粗糙度(Ra)意指依據ANSI/ASME B46.1而求出之所謂的算術平均粗糙度。 In this specification, surface roughness (Ra) refers to the arithmetic mean roughness calculated according to ANSI/ASME B46.1.

保護膜形成膜的前述表面粗糙度(Ra)能夠藉由例如調節保護膜形成膜的形成條件或表面處理條件等來調節。例如,將後述之保護膜形成用組成物塗覆至保護膜形成膜的形成對象面,視需要使之乾燥,藉此當形成保護膜形成膜時,藉由調節前述形成對象面的表面粗糙度(Ra)等之表面狀態而能夠調節保護膜形成膜的表面粗糙度(Ra)。 The aforementioned surface roughness (Ra) of the protective film can be adjusted, for example, by adjusting the formation conditions or surface treatment conditions of the protective film. For instance, by coating the protective film forming composition (described later) onto the object surface of the protective film and drying it as needed, the surface roughness (Ra) of the protective film can be adjusted during the formation of the protective film by regulating the surface condition, such as the surface roughness (Ra) of the object surface.

保護膜形成膜的厚度較佳為1μm至100μm,例如亦可為3μm至80μm、5μm至60μm、以及7μm至45μm之中任一種。藉由保護膜形成膜的厚度在前述下限值以上,能夠形成保護性能更高的保護膜。藉由保護膜形成膜的厚度在前述上限值以下,可避免厚度變得過厚。 The thickness of the protective film is preferably between 1 μm and 100 μm , but can also be any one of 3 μm to 80 μm , 5 μm to 60 μm , and 7 μm to 45 μm . By ensuring the thickness of the protective film is above the aforementioned lower limit, a protective film with higher protective performance can be formed. By ensuring the thickness of the protective film is below the aforementioned upper limit, excessive thickness can be avoided.

此處,所謂「保護膜形成膜的厚度」意指保護膜形成膜整體的厚度,例如所謂由複數層構成之保護膜形成膜的厚度則意指構成保護膜形成膜之全部層的合計厚度。 Here, "thickness of the protective film forming membrane" refers to the overall thickness of the protective film forming membrane. For example, the thickness of a protective film forming membrane composed of multiple layers refers to the total thickness of all the layers constituting the protective film forming membrane.

[保護膜形成用組成物] [Components for forming protective films]

前述保護膜形成膜能夠使用含有前述保護膜形成膜的構成材料之保護膜形成用組成物來形成。例如,保護膜形成膜能夠藉由將保護膜形成用組成物塗覆於前述保護膜形成膜的形成對象面並視需要使之乾燥來形成。保護膜形成用組成物之中在常溫不會氣化的成分彼此之含量的比率通常與保護膜形成膜之中的前述成分彼此之含量的比率相同。本說明書中,所謂「常溫」意指不特別冷或特別熱的溫度、亦即平常的溫度,例如可舉出15℃至25℃的溫度等。 The aforementioned protective film forming film can be formed using a protective film forming composition containing the aforementioned protective film forming film constituent materials. For example, the protective film forming film can be formed by coating the protective film forming composition onto the object surface of the aforementioned protective film forming film and drying it as needed. The ratio of the components in the protective film forming composition that do not vaporize at room temperature is generally the same as the ratio of the aforementioned components in the protective film forming film. In this specification, "room temperature" means a temperature that is neither particularly cold nor particularly hot, that is, a normal temperature, such as a temperature of 15°C to 25°C.

熱硬化性保護膜形成膜能夠使用熱硬化性保護膜形成用組成物來形成,能量線硬化性保護膜形成膜能夠使用能量線硬化性保護膜形成用組成物來形成,非硬化性保護膜形成膜能夠使用非硬化性保護膜形成用組成物來形成。 Thermosetting protective film forming films can be formed using thermosetting protective film forming components, energy line curing protective film forming films can be formed using energy line curing protective film forming components, and non-curing protective film forming films can be formed using non-curing protective film forming components.

本說明書中,在保護膜形成膜具有熱硬化性及能量線硬化性兩種特性的情況,對於保護膜的形成而言,當保護膜形成膜的熱硬化的貢獻大於能量線硬化的貢獻時,將保護膜形成膜視為熱硬化性物。相反地,對於保護膜的形成而言, 當保護膜形成膜的能量線硬化的貢獻大於熱硬化的貢獻時,將保護膜形成膜視為能量線硬化性物。 In this specification, when the protective film forming film possesses both thermosetting and energy-curing properties, for the formation of the protective film, if the contribution of the protective film forming film to thermosetting is greater than its contribution to energy-curing, the protective film forming film is considered a thermosetting material. Conversely, for the formation of the protective film, if the contribution of the protective film forming film to energy-curing is greater than its contribution to thermosetting, the protective film forming film is considered an energy-curing material.

保護膜形成膜中,保護膜形成膜中的1種或2種以上的後述之含有成分的合計含量相對於保護膜形成膜的總質量之比例不超過100質量%。 In the protective film forming membrane, the aggregate content of one or more of the components described below in the description of the following ingredients in the protective film forming membrane does not exceed 100% by mass relative to the total mass of the protective film forming membrane.

同樣地,保護膜形成用組成物中,保護膜形成用組成物中的1種或2種以上的後述之含有成分的合計含量相對於保護膜形成用組成物的總質量之比例不超過100質量%。 Similarly, in the protective film forming composition, the total content of one or more of the following ingredients described below in the protective film forming composition, relative to the total mass of the protective film forming composition, does not exceed 100% by mass.

保護膜形成用組成物的塗覆可利用公知的方法來進行,例如可舉出使用以下各種塗佈機之方法:氣刀塗佈機、刮刀塗佈機、棒式塗佈機、凹版塗佈機、輥式塗佈機、輥刀塗佈機、簾幕式塗佈機、模具塗佈機、刀式塗佈機、網版塗佈機、Meyer棒式塗佈機、輕觸式塗佈機等。 The coating of the protective film forming component can be carried out using known methods, such as the use of various coating machines including: air knife coating machine, doctor blade coating machine, rod coating machine, gravure coating machine, roller coating machine, roller knife coating machine, curtain coating machine, mold coating machine, knife coating machine, screen coating machine, Meyer rod coating machine, and touch coating machine.

保護膜形成膜不論是硬化性及非硬化性之中哪一種,此外,當為硬化性的情況則不論是熱硬化性及能量線硬化性之中哪一種,保護膜形成用組成物的乾燥條件沒有特別限定。不過,保護膜形成用組成物在含有後述之溶媒的情況,較佳為使之加熱乾燥。此外,含有溶媒之保護膜形成用組成物例如較佳為於70℃至130℃且以10秒至5分鐘之條件進行加熱乾燥。但是,熱硬化性保護膜形成用組成物較佳為以該組成物本身與由該組成物所形成之熱硬化性保護膜形成膜不會熱硬化的方式進行加熱乾燥。 Regardless of whether the protective film forming film is curable or non-curable, and furthermore, in the case of curable film, regardless of whether it is thermosetting or energy-line curable, the drying conditions of the protective film forming composition are not particularly limited. However, when the protective film forming composition contains the solvent described later, it is preferable to heat-dry it. Furthermore, protective film forming compositions containing solvent are preferably heat-dried, for example, at 70°C to 130°C for 10 seconds to 5 minutes. However, thermosetting protective film forming compositions are preferably heat-dried in a manner that prevents the composition itself and the thermosetting protective film formed by the composition from thermosetting from heat-drying.

以下,針對熱硬化性保護膜形成膜、能量線硬化性保護膜形成膜及非硬化性保護膜形成膜依序進行說明。 The following sections will explain thermosetting protective film formation, energy line curing protective film formation, and non-curing protective film formation in sequence.

◎熱硬化性保護膜形成膜 ◎Thermosetting protective film formation

將熱硬化性保護膜形成膜貼附至晶圓之目標部位並使之熱硬化來形成保護膜時的硬化條件只要是保護膜成為充分發揮保護膜的機能之程度的硬化度則沒有特別限定,依照熱硬化性保護膜形成膜的種類來適當選擇即可。 When a thermosetting protective film is attached to the target area of a wafer and thermosetting to form the protective film, the curing conditions are not particularly limited, as long as the degree of curing is sufficient to allow the protective film to fully perform its function. The appropriate curing degree should be selected based on the type of thermosetting protective film.

例如,熱硬化性保護膜形成膜在熱硬化時的加熱溫度較佳為100℃至200℃,例如亦可為110℃至180℃、以及120℃至170℃之中任一種。前述熱硬化時的加熱時間較佳為0.5小時至5小時,例如亦可為0.5小時至3小時、以及1小時至2小時之中任一種。 For example, the heating temperature for heat curing the thermosetting protective film is preferably between 100°C and 200°C, but can also be any one of 110°C to 180°C and 120°C to 170°C. The heating time for the aforementioned heat curing is preferably between 0.5 hours and 5 hours, but can also be any one of 0.5 hours to 3 hours and 1 hour to 2 hours.

藉由將常溫的保護膜形成膜加熱至超過常溫的溫度然後冷卻至成為常溫,而作為加熱並冷卻後的保護膜形成膜,在相同的溫度比較加熱並冷卻後的保護膜形成膜的硬度與加熱前的保護膜形成膜的硬度時,當加熱並冷卻後的保護膜形成膜相對較硬的情況,該保護膜形成膜為熱硬化性。 By heating a protective film formed at room temperature to a temperature exceeding room temperature and then cooling it back to room temperature, the hardness of the heated and cooled protective film is compared with that of the unheated protective film at the same temperature. If the heated and cooled protective film is relatively harder, then the protective film is thermosetting.

作為較佳的熱硬化性保護膜形成膜,例如可舉出含有聚合物成分(A)及熱硬化性成分(B)之熱硬化性保護膜形成膜。聚合物成分(A)是視為聚合性化合物進行聚合反應所形成之成分。熱硬化性成分(B)是可將熱作為反應的觸發(trigger)而進行硬化(聚合)反應的成分。另外,本說明書中就聚合反應而言,亦包含聚縮合反應。 As a preferred thermosetting protective film forming film, an example is a thermosetting protective film forming film containing a polymer component (A) and a thermosetting component (B). The polymer component (A) is a component formed by the polymerization reaction of a polymeric compound. The thermosetting component (B) is a component that can undergo a curing (polymerization) reaction by using heat as a trigger. Furthermore, this specification also includes polycondensation reactions in relation to polymerization reactions.

[熱硬化性保護膜形成用組成物(III)] [Component for forming thermosetting protective films (III)]

作為較佳的熱硬化性保護膜形成用組成物,例如可舉出含有前述聚合物成分(A)及熱硬化性成分(B)之熱硬化性保護膜形成用組成物(III)(本說明書中,有時僅簡稱為「組成物(III)」)等。 As a preferred composition for forming a thermosetting protective film, examples include composition (III) for forming a thermosetting protective film containing the aforementioned polymer component (A) and thermosetting component (B) (in this specification, it is sometimes simply referred to as "composition (III)").

[聚合物成分(A)] [Polymer Component (A)]

聚合物成分(A)係用以將造膜性或可撓性等賦予至熱硬化性保護膜形成膜的聚合物化合物。另外,本說明書中就聚合物化合物而言,亦包含聚縮合反應的生成物。 Polymer component (A) is a polymer compound used to impart film-forming properties or flexibility to the thermosetting protective film. Furthermore, this specification also includes products of polymerization condensation reactions in relation to the polymer compound.

組成物(III)及熱硬化性保護膜形成膜所含有之聚合物成分(A)可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,當為2種以上的情況,那些聚合物成分(A)的組合及比率能夠任意地選擇。 The polymer component (A) contained in component (III) and the thermosetting protective film can be only one type or two or more types. When there are two or more types, the combination and ratio of those polymer components (A) can be arbitrarily selected.

作為聚合物成分(A)例如可舉出:丙烯酸樹脂、胺基甲酸酯樹脂、苯氧基樹脂、聚矽氧樹脂、飽和聚酯樹脂等,較佳為丙烯酸樹脂。 Examples of polymer components (A) include: acrylic resins, carbamate resins, phenoxy resins, polysiloxane resins, saturated polyester resins, etc., with acrylic resins being preferred.

作為聚合物成分(A)中的前述丙烯酸樹脂可舉出公知的丙烯酸聚合物。 The aforementioned acrylic resin, which is a component of polymer (A), can be exemplified by well-known acrylic polymers.

丙烯酸樹脂的重量平均分子量(Mw)較佳為10000至2000000,更佳為100000至1500000,進而較佳為200000至1200000,特佳為300000至1000000。藉由丙烯酸樹脂的重量平均分子量在前述下限值以上,熱硬化性保護膜形成膜的形狀穩定性(保管時的經時穩定性)會提升。又,變得更容易將前述應變(0.6N/mm2)調節至適當的範圍。另一方面,藉由丙烯酸樹脂的重量平均分子量在前述上限值以下,熱硬化性保護膜形成膜變得易於追隨於被附著體的凹凸面(例如晶圓的粗糙內面)。再者,變得更容易將前述應變(0.1N/mm2)調節至適當的範圍。 The weight-average molecular weight (Mw) of the acrylic resin is preferably between 10,000 and 2,000,000, more preferably between 100,000 and 1,500,000, further preferably between 200,000 and 1,200,000, and particularly preferably between 300,000 and 1,000,000. By having the weight-average molecular weight of the acrylic resin above the aforementioned lower limit, the morphological stability (time-dependent stability during storage) of the thermosetting protective film is improved. Furthermore, it becomes easier to adjust the aforementioned strain (0.6 N/ mm² ) to an appropriate range. On the other hand, by having the weight-average molecular weight of the acrylic resin below the aforementioned upper limit, the thermosetting protective film becomes easier to follow the uneven surfaces of the substrate (e.g., the rough inner surface of a wafer). Furthermore, it becomes easier to adjust the aforementioned strain (0.1 N/ mm² ) to the appropriate range.

本說明書中,所謂「重量平均分子量」,只要沒有特別說明則係指藉由凝膠滲透層析(GPC;Gel Permeation Chromatography)法所測定之聚苯乙烯換算值。 In this instruction manual, the term "weight-average molecular weight," unless otherwise specified, refers to the converted value of polystyrene determined by gel permeation chromatography (GPC).

丙烯酸樹脂的玻璃轉移溫度(Tg)較佳為-60℃至70℃,更佳為-50℃至50℃,進而較佳為-50℃至20℃,特佳為-50℃至-5℃。藉由丙烯酸樹脂的Tg 在前述下限值以上,例如保護膜形成膜之硬化物與支撐片的密合性會受到抑制,支撐片的剝離性會適度提升。再者,變得更容易將前述應變(0.6N/mm2)調節至適當的範圍。另一方面,藉由丙烯酸樹脂的Tg在前述上限值以下,熱硬化性保護膜形成膜及前述熱硬化性保護膜形成膜的硬化物與被附著體之接著力會提升。再者,變得更容易將前述應變(0.1N/mm2)調節至適當的範圍。 The glass transition temperature (Tg) of the acrylic resin is preferably -60°C to 70°C, more preferably -50°C to 50°C, further preferably -50°C to 20°C, and particularly preferably -50°C to -5°C. When the Tg of the acrylic resin is above the aforementioned lower limit, for example, the adhesion between the cured protective film and the support sheet is suppressed, and the peelability of the support sheet is appropriately improved. Furthermore, it becomes easier to adjust the aforementioned strain (0.6 N/ mm² ) to an appropriate range. On the other hand, when the Tg of the acrylic resin is below the aforementioned upper limit, the adhesion between the thermosetting protective film and the cured protective film and the substrate is improved. Furthermore, it becomes easier to adjust the aforementioned strain (0.1 N/ mm² ) to an appropriate range.

當丙烯酸樹脂具有m種(m為2以上的整數)的構成單元,對於衍生出這些構成單元的m種之單體分別依序分配從1至m中任一個不重複的編號而命名為「單體m」的情況,丙烯酸樹脂的玻璃轉移溫度(Tg)能夠使用以下所示之Fox之式來算出。 When an acrylic resin has m types of constituent units (m being an integer greater than or equal to 2), and each of the m types of monomers from which these constituent units are derived is sequentially assigned a unique number from 1 to m and named "monomer m", the glass transition temperature (Tg) of the acrylic resin can be calculated using the following Fox equation.

(式中,Tg為丙烯酸樹脂的玻璃轉移溫度;m為2以上的整數;Tgk為單體m之均聚物的玻璃轉移溫度;Wk為丙烯酸樹脂之中,從單體m衍生而成的構成單元m的質量分率,其中Wk係滿足下述式。) (In the formula, Tg is the glass transition temperature of acrylic resin; m is an integer greater than or equal to 2; Tgk is the glass transition temperature of the homopolymer of monomer m; Wk is the mass fraction of the constituent unit m derived from monomer m in acrylic resin, where Wk satisfies the following formula.)

(式中,m及Wk與前述相同。) (In the formula, m and Wk are the same as before.)

作為前述Tgk能夠使用高分子資料手冊、黏著手冊或聚合物手冊(Polymer Handbook)等所記載之值。例如,丙烯酸甲酯之均聚物的Tgk為10℃,甲基丙烯酸甲酯之均聚物的Tgk為105℃,丙烯酸2-羥乙酯之均聚物的Tgk為-15℃, 甲基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯之均聚物的Tgk為41℃,丙烯酸2-乙基己酯之均聚物的Tgk為-70℃,丙烯酸之均聚物的Tgk為103℃,丙烯腈之均聚物的Tgk為97℃。 The aforementioned Tg k values can be found in polymer data manuals, adhesive manuals, or polymer handbooks. For example, the Tg k of methyl acrylate homopolymer is 10°C, the Tg k of methyl methacrylate homopolymer is 105°C, the Tg k of 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate homopolymer is -15°C, the Tg k of glycidyl methacrylate homopolymer is 41°C, the Tg k of 2-ethylhexyl acrylate homopolymer is -70°C, the Tg k of acrylic acid homopolymer is 103°C, and the Tg k of acrylonitrile homopolymer is 97°C.

作為丙烯酸樹脂例如可舉出:1種或2種以上之(甲基)丙烯酸酯的聚合物;選自(甲基)丙烯酸、伊康酸、乙酸乙烯酯、丙烯腈、苯乙烯及N-羥甲基丙烯醯胺等之2種以上之單體的共聚物等。 Examples of acrylic resins include: polymers of one or more (meth)acrylates; copolymers of two or more monomers selected from (meth)acrylic acid, icosinic acid, vinyl acetate, acrylonitrile, styrene, and N-hydroxymethylacrylamide.

作為構成丙烯酸樹脂之前述(甲基)丙烯酸酯例如可舉出:(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸二級丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸三級丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸庚酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-乙基己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正壬酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異壬酯、(甲基)丙烯酸癸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十一烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十二烷基酯((甲基)丙烯酸月桂酯)、(甲基)丙烯酸十三烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十四烷基酯((甲基)丙烯酸肉豆蔻酯)、(甲基)丙烯酸十五烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十六烷基酯((甲基)丙烯酸棕櫚酯)、(甲基)丙烯酸十七烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十八烷基酯((甲基)丙烯酸硬脂酯)等之構成烷基酯的烷基係碳數為1至18之鏈狀結構之(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯;(甲基)丙烯酸異莰酯、(甲基)丙烯酸二環戊酯等之(甲基)丙烯酸環烷基酯;(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯等之(甲基)丙烯酸芳烷基酯;(甲基)丙烯酸二環戊烯酯等之(甲基)丙烯酸環烯酯;(甲基)丙烯酸二環戊烯氧基乙酯等之(甲基)丙烯酸環烯氧基烷基酯;(甲基)丙烯醯亞胺;(甲基)丙烯酸縮水甘油酯等之含縮水甘油基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯;(甲基)丙烯酸羥甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3-羥丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3-羥丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸4-羥丁酯等之含羥基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯;(甲基) 丙烯酸N-甲基胺基乙酯等之含取代胺基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。此處,所謂「取代胺基」意指具有胺基的1個或2個氫原子被氫原子以外的基所取代而成的結構之基。 Examples of (meth)acrylates that constitute acrylic resins include: methyl (meth)acrylate, ethyl (meth)acrylate, n-propyl (meth)acrylate, isopropyl (meth)acrylate, n-butyl (meth)acrylate, isobutyl (meth)acrylate, dibutyl (meth)acrylate, tributyl (meth)acrylate, amyl (meth)acrylate, hexyl (meth)acrylate, heptyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, isooctyl (meth)acrylate, and so on. Octyl acrylate, nonyl acrylate, isononyl acrylate, decyl acrylate, undecyl acrylate, lauryl acrylate, tridecyl acrylate, myristyl acrylate, pentadecyl acrylate, palmitate acrylate, heptadecanyl acrylate, methacrylate Alkyl methacrylates, such as octadecyl methacrylate (stearyl methacrylate), are chain esters with alkyl groups having 1 to 18 carbon atoms; cycloalkyl methacrylates, such as isoborneol methacrylate and dicyclopentyl methacrylate; aralkyl methacrylates, such as benzyl methacrylate; cycloalkyl methacrylates, such as dicyclopentenyl methacrylate; cycloalkyl methacrylates, such as dicyclopentenoxyethyl methacrylate; and cycloalkyl methacrylates, such as dicyclopentenoxyethyl methacrylate. Acrylamide; (meth)acrylates containing glycidyl groups, such as glycidyl methacrylate; (meth)acrylates containing hydroxyl groups, such as hydroxymethyl methacrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl methacrylate, 3-hydroxypropyl methacrylate, 2-hydroxybutyl methacrylate, 3-hydroxybutyl methacrylate, and 4-hydroxybutyl methacrylate; and (meth)acrylates containing substituted amino groups, such as N-methylaminoethyl methacrylate. Here, "substituted amino group" refers to a structural group in which one or two hydrogen atoms of an amino group are replaced by a group other than a hydrogen atom.

本說明書中,所謂「(甲基)丙烯酸」係包含「丙烯酸」及「甲基丙烯酸」雙方之概念。關於與(甲基)丙烯酸類似的用語亦同,例如所謂「(甲基)丙烯醯基」係包含「丙烯醯基」及「甲基丙烯醯基」雙方之概念,所謂「(甲基)丙烯酸酯」係包含「丙烯酸酯」及「甲基丙烯酸酯」雙方之概念。 In this manual, the term "(meth)acrylic acid" encompasses both "acrylic acid" and "methacrylic acid." The same applies to similar terms; for example, "(meth)acrylyl" encompasses both "acrylyl" and "methacrylyl," and "(meth)acrylate" encompasses both "acrylate" and "methacrylate."

構成丙烯酸樹脂的單體可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,當為2種以上的情況,那些單體的組合及比率能夠任意地選擇。 The monomers constituting acrylic resins can be a single type or two or more. When there are two or more types, the combination and ratio of those monomers can be arbitrarily chosen.

丙烯酸樹脂亦可具有乙烯基、(甲基)丙烯醯基、胺基、羥基、羧基、異氰酸酯基等之能夠與其他化合物鍵結之官能基。丙烯酸樹脂的前述官能基可經由後述之交聯劑(F)與其他化合物鍵結,亦可不經由交聯劑(F)而與其他化合物直接鍵結。 Acrylic resins may also possess functional groups such as vinyl, (meth)acrylic, amino, hydroxyl, carboxyl, and isocyanate groups, which are capable of bonding with other compounds. These aforementioned functional groups of acrylic resins can bond with other compounds via a crosslinking agent (F) described later, or they can bond directly with other compounds without the use of a crosslinking agent (F).

作為較佳的丙烯酸樹脂之一例,可舉出一種具有從(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯所衍生而成的構成單元之丙烯酸樹脂,前述(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯中之構成烷基酯之烷基的碳數為6以上,前述烷基為鏈狀結構,前述從(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯所衍生而成的構成單元的量相對於構成前述丙烯酸樹脂的構成單元的總量之比例(含量)為50質量%至75質量%。 As a preferred example of an acrylic resin, one can be described as an acrylic resin having a constituent unit derived from an alkyl (meth)acrylate, wherein the alkyl group of the alkyl ester has 6 or more carbon atoms, the alkyl group has a chain structure, and the amount of the constituent unit derived from the alkyl (meth)acrylate relative to the total amount of the constituent units of the acrylic resin is 50% to 75% by mass.

前述丙烯酸樹脂中,前述烷基的碳數較佳為6至18,更佳為7至13。 In the aforementioned acrylic resin, the alkyl group preferably has 6 to 18 carbon atoms, more preferably 7 to 13.

前述烷基可為直鏈狀及支鏈狀之中任一種。 The aforementioned alkyl group can be either linear or branched.

前述丙烯酸樹脂較佳為進而具有從含羥基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯所衍生而成的構成單元,前述從含羥基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯所衍生而成的構成單元的量相對於構成前述丙烯酸樹脂的構成單元的總量之比例(含量)較佳為7質量%至20質量%。 The aforementioned acrylic resin preferably further comprises constituent units derived from hydroxyl-containing (meth)acrylates, and the proportion (content) of the constituent units derived from hydroxyl-containing (meth)acrylates relative to the total amount of constituent units constituting the aforementioned acrylic resin is preferably 7% to 20% by mass.

作為較佳的丙烯酸樹脂之其他例,可舉出一種具有從丙烯腈所衍生而成的構成單元之丙烯酸樹脂,前述從丙烯腈所衍生而成的構成單元的量相對於構成前述丙烯酸樹脂的構成單元的總量之比例(含量)為15質量%至45質量%。 As another example of a preferred acrylic resin, an acrylic resin having constituent units derived from acrylonitrile is provided, wherein the amount (content) of the aforementioned constituent units derived from acrylonitrile relative to the total amount of constituent units constituting the aforementioned acrylic resin is 15% to 45% by mass.

前述丙烯酸樹脂(具有從丙烯腈所衍生而成的構成單元之丙烯酸樹脂)較佳為進而具有從(甲基)丙烯酸酯所衍生而成的構成單元,前述從(甲基)丙烯酸酯所衍生而成的構成單元的量相對於構成前述丙烯酸樹脂的構成單元的總量之比例(含量)較佳為65質量%至85質量%。 The aforementioned acrylic resin (an acrylic resin having constituent units derived from acrylonitrile) preferably further has constituent units derived from (meth)acrylate, and the proportion (content) of the aforementioned constituent units derived from (meth)acrylate relative to the total amount of constituent units constituting the aforementioned acrylic resin is preferably 65% to 85% by mass.

本發明中,亦可不使用丙烯酸樹脂而單獨使用丙烯酸樹脂以外的熱塑性樹脂(以下,有時僅簡稱為「熱塑性樹脂」),亦可與丙烯酸樹脂併用來作為聚合物成分(A)。藉由使用前述熱塑性樹脂,有時保護膜自支撐片之剝離性提昇、或熱硬化性保護膜形成膜變得易於追隨於被附著體的凹凸面(例如晶圓的粗糙內面)。 In this invention, a thermoplastic resin other than acrylic resin (hereinafter sometimes simply referred to as "thermoplastic resin") may be used alone instead of acrylic resin, or it may be used in combination with acrylic resin as a polymer component (A). By using the aforementioned thermoplastic resin, the peelability of the protective film from the support sheet is sometimes improved, or the thermosetting protective film becomes easier to follow the uneven surface of the substrate (e.g., the rough inner surface of a wafer).

前述熱塑性樹脂的重量平均分子量較佳為1000至100000,更佳為3000至80000。 The aforementioned thermoplastic resin preferably has a weight-average molecular weight of 1,000 to 100,000, more preferably 3,000 to 80,000.

前述熱塑性樹脂的玻璃轉移溫度(Tg)較佳為-30℃至150℃,更佳為-20℃至120℃。 The glass transition temperature (Tg) of the aforementioned thermoplastic resin is preferably -30°C to 150°C, and more preferably -20°C to 120°C.

作為前述熱塑性樹脂例如可舉出:聚酯、聚胺基甲酸酯、苯氧基樹脂、聚丁烯、聚丁二烯、聚苯乙烯等。 Examples of the aforementioned thermoplastic resins include: polyesters, polyurethanes, phenoxy resins, polybutene, polybutadiene, and polystyrene.

組成物(III)及熱硬化性保護膜形成膜所含有之前述熱塑性樹脂可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,當為2種以上的情況,那些熱塑性樹脂的組合及比率能夠任意地選擇。 The thermoplastic resin contained in component (III) and the thermosetting protective film can be one type or two or more types. When there are two or more types, the combination and ratio of those thermoplastic resins can be arbitrarily selected.

組成物(III)中,不論聚合物成分(A)的種類為何,聚合物成分(A)的含量相對於溶媒以外之全部成分的總含量之比例較佳為10質量%至85質量%,更佳為15質量%至70質量%,例如亦可為15質量%至55質量%、以及15質量%至40質量%之中任一種,亦可為25質量%至70質量%、以及30質量%至60質量%之中任一種。 In composition (III), regardless of the type of polymer component (A), the content of polymer component (A) relative to the total content of all components other than the solvent is preferably 10% to 85% by mass, more preferably 15% to 70% by mass, for example, it can also be any one of 15% to 55% by mass, 15% to 40% by mass, or any one of 25% to 70% by mass, or 30% to 60% by mass.

此內容與下述內容同義:不論聚合物成分(A)的種類為何,熱硬化性保護膜形成膜之中,聚合物成分(A)的含量相對於熱硬化性保護膜形成膜的總質量之比例較佳為10質量%至85質量%,更佳為15質量%至70質量%,例如亦可為15質量%至55質量%、以及15質量%至40質量%之中任一種,亦可為25質量%至70質量%、以及30質量%至60質量%之中任一種。 This content is synonymous with the following: Regardless of the type of polymer component (A), the content of polymer component (A) in the thermosetting protective film forming film, relative to the total mass of the thermosetting protective film forming film, is preferably 10% to 85% by mass, more preferably 15% to 70% by mass, for example, it can also be any one of 15% to 55% by mass, and 15% to 40% by mass, or any one of 25% to 70% by mass, and 30% to 60% by mass.

這是基於在從含有溶媒之樹脂組成物去除溶媒而形成樹脂膜的過程中,溶媒以外之成分的量通常不會變化;在樹脂組成物與樹脂膜中,溶媒以外之成分彼此的含量之比率為相同。於是,本說明書中,以下的說明不限於熱硬化性保護膜形成膜的情況,關於溶媒以外之成分的含量僅記載從樹脂組成物去除了溶媒之樹脂膜中的含量。 This is based on the fact that during the process of removing the solvent from a resin composition containing a solvent to form a resin film, the amount of components other than the solvent generally does not change; the ratio of the content of components other than the solvent is the same in both the resin composition and the resin film. Therefore, in this specification, the following description is not limited to the case of thermosetting protective film formation; the content of components other than the solvent is only recorded in the resin film in which the solvent has been removed from the resin composition.

聚合物成分(A)有時亦相當於熱硬化性成分(B)。本發明中,當組成物(III)含有這種相當於聚合物成分(A)及熱硬化性成分(B)兩者之成分的情況,則組成物(III)視為含有聚合物成分(A)及熱硬化性成分(B)。 Polymer component (A) sometimes also corresponds to thermosetting component (B). In this invention, when composition (III) contains a component that corresponds to both polymer component (A) and thermosetting component (B), composition (III) is considered to contain both polymer component (A) and thermosetting component (B).

[熱硬化性成分(B)] [Thermosetting component (B)]

熱硬化性成分(B)係用以使熱硬化性保護膜形成膜硬化之成分。 Thermosetting component (B) is used to harden the thermosetting protective film.

組成物(III)及熱硬化性保護膜形成膜所含有之熱硬化性成分(B)可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,當為2種以上的情況,那些熱硬化性成分(B)的組合及比率能夠任意地選擇。 The thermosetting component (B) contained in component (III) and the thermosetting protective film can be one type or two or more types. When there are two or more types, the combination and ratio of those thermosetting components (B) can be arbitrarily selected.

作為熱硬化性成分(B)例如可舉出:環氧系熱硬化性樹脂、熱硬化性聚醯亞胺樹脂、不飽和聚酯樹脂等,較佳為環氧系熱硬化性樹脂。 Examples of thermosetting components (B) include epoxy thermosetting resins, thermosetting polyimide resins, and unsaturated polyester resins, with epoxy thermosetting resins being preferred.

本說明書中,所謂熱硬化性聚醯亞胺樹脂是藉由進行熱硬化來形成聚醯亞胺樹脂之聚醯亞胺前驅物、熱硬化性聚醯亞胺的總稱。 In this specification, the term "thermosetting polyimide resin" refers to the general term for polyimide precursors and thermosetting polyimides that are formed by thermosetting.

[環氧系熱硬化性樹脂] [Epoxy thermosetting resin]

環氧系熱硬化性樹脂係由環氧樹脂(B1)及熱硬化劑(B2)所構成。 Epoxy thermosetting resins are composed of epoxy resin (B1) and thermosetting agent (B2).

組成物(III)及熱硬化性保護膜形成膜所含有之環氧系熱硬化性樹脂可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,當為2種以上的情況,那些環氧系熱硬化性樹脂的組合及比率能夠任意地選擇。 The epoxy thermosetting resin contained in component (III) and the thermosetting protective film can be one type or two or more types. When there are two or more types, the combination and ratio of those epoxy thermosetting resins can be arbitrarily selected.

‧環氧樹脂(B1) • Epoxy resin (B1)

作為環氧樹脂(B1)可舉出公知的環氧樹脂,例如可舉出:多官能系環氧樹脂、聯苯化合物、雙酚A二縮水甘油醚及其氫化物、鄰甲酚酚醛清漆環氧樹脂、二環戊二烯型環氧樹脂、聯苯型環氧樹脂、雙酚A型環氧樹脂、雙酚F型環氧樹脂、伸苯基骨架型環氧樹脂等2官能以上之環氧化合物。 As for epoxy resins (B1), known epoxy resins include, for example: multifunctional epoxy resins, biphenyl compounds, bisphenol A diglycidyl ether and its hydroxides, o-cresol phenolic varnish epoxy resins, dicyclopentadiene-type epoxy resins, biphenyl-type epoxy resins, bisphenol A-type epoxy resins, bisphenol F-type epoxy resins, and phenyl-skeletal epoxy resins, etc., which are epoxy compounds with two or more functions.

作為環氧樹脂(B1)亦可使用具有不飽和烴基之環氧樹脂。 As an epoxy resin (B1), epoxy resins with unsaturated hydrocarbon groups can also be used.

環氧樹脂(B1)的數量平均分子量並沒有特別限定,但就熱硬化性保護膜形成膜的硬化性、以及保護膜的強度及耐熱性這一點而言,較佳為300至30000,更佳為300至10000,特佳為300至3000。 The number-average molecular weight of the epoxy resin (B1) is not particularly limited, but in terms of the curability of the thermosetting protective film, as well as the strength and heat resistance of the protective film, it is preferably 300 to 30,000, more preferably 300 to 10,000, and particularly preferably 300 to 3,000.

環氧樹脂(B1)的環氧當量較佳為100g/eq至1000g/eq,更佳為150g/eq至950g/eq。 The epoxy equivalent of the epoxy resin (B1) is preferably from 100 g/eq to 1000 g/eq, more preferably from 150 g/eq to 950 g/eq.

環氧樹脂(B1)可單獨使用1種,亦可併用2種以上,當併用2種以上的情況,那些環氧樹脂(B1)的組合及比率能夠任意地選擇。 Epoxy resin (B1) can be used alone or in combination with two or more other types. When using two or more types, the combination and ratio of those epoxy resins (B1) can be arbitrarily selected.

‧熱硬化劑(B2) • Heat curing agent (B2)

熱硬化劑(B2)發揮作為針對環氧樹脂(B1)之硬化劑的機能。 The thermosetting agent (B2) functions as a curing agent for epoxy resin (B1).

作為熱硬化劑(B2)例如可舉出:1分子中具有2個以上之可與環氧基反應的官能基之化合物。作為前述官能基例如可舉出:酚性羥基、醇性羥基、胺基、羧基、酸基經酐化而成之基等,較佳為酚性羥基、胺基、或酸基經酐化而成之基,更佳為酚性羥基或胺基。 Examples of thermosetting agents (B2) include compounds having two or more functional groups that can react with epoxy groups in one molecule. Examples of these functional groups include phenolic hydroxyl groups, alcoholic hydroxyl groups, amino groups, carboxyl groups, and groups formed by anhydride conversion of acid groups, preferably phenolic hydroxyl groups, amino groups, or groups formed by anhydride conversion of acid groups, and more preferably phenolic hydroxyl groups or amino groups.

熱硬化劑(B2)之中,作為具有酚性羥基之酚系硬化劑,例如可舉出:多官能酚樹脂、聯苯酚、酚醛清漆型酚樹脂、二環戊二烯型酚樹脂、芳烷基型酚樹脂等。 Among thermosetting agents (B2), phenolic curing agents containing phenolic hydroxyl groups include, for example, polyfunctional phenolic resins, biphenol, phenolic varnish-type phenolic resins, dicyclopentadiene-type phenolic resins, and aralkyl-type phenolic resins.

熱硬化劑(B2)之中,作為具有胺基之胺系硬化劑,例如可舉出雙氰胺等。 Among thermosetting agents (B2), amine-based curing agents containing amine groups include, for example, dicyandiamide.

熱硬化劑(B2)亦可具有不飽和烴基。 Thermosetting agent (B2) can also have unsaturated hydrocarbon groups.

當使用酚系硬化劑作為熱硬化劑(B2)的情況,就保護膜之自支撐片的剝離性會提升這點而言,熱硬化劑(B2)較佳為軟化點或玻璃轉移溫度高。 When using a phenolic curing agent as the thermosetting agent (B2), the thermosetting agent (B2) with a high softening point or glass transition temperature is preferable in terms of improving the peelability of the protective film's self-supporting sheet.

熱硬化劑(B2)之中,例如多官能酚樹脂、酚醛清漆型酚樹脂、二環戊二烯型酚樹脂、芳烷基型酚樹脂等之樹脂成分的數量平均分子量較佳為300至30000,更佳為400至10000,特佳為500至3000。 In the thermosetting agent (B2), the average molecular weight of the resin components, such as polyfunctional phenolic resins, phenolic varnish-type phenolic resins, dicyclopentadiene-type phenolic resins, and aralkyl-type phenolic resins, is preferably 300 to 30,000, more preferably 400 to 10,000, and particularly preferably 500 to 3,000.

熱硬化劑(B2)之中,例如聯苯酚、雙氰胺等之非樹脂成分的分子量並沒有特別限定,例如較佳為60至500。 In the thermosetting agent (B2), the molecular weight of non-resin components such as biphenol and dicyandiamide is not particularly limited, but is preferably 60 to 500.

熱硬化劑(B2)可單獨使用1種,亦可併用2種以上,當併用2種以上的情況,那些熱硬化劑(B2)的組合及比率能夠任意地選擇。 Thermosetting agent (B2) can be used alone or in combination with two or more other agents. When using two or more agents, the combination and ratio of those thermosetting agents (B2) can be arbitrarily selected.

組成物(III)及熱硬化性保護膜形成膜中,相對於環氧樹脂(B1)的含量100質量份,熱硬化劑(B2)的含量較佳為0.1質量份至100質量份,更佳為0.5質量份至50質量份,例如亦可為0.5質量份至25質量份、0.5質量份至10質量份、以及0.5質量份至5質量份之中任一種。藉由熱硬化劑(B2)的前述含量在前述下限值以上,熱硬化性保護膜形成膜的硬化會變得更易於進行。藉由熱硬化劑(B2)的前述含量在前述上限值以下,熱硬化性保護膜形成膜的吸濕率降低,使用保護膜形成膜所獲得之封裝體的可靠性會更加提升。 In composition (III) and the thermosetting protective film forming film, the content of the thermosetting agent (B2) is preferably 0.1 to 100 parts by weight, more preferably 0.5 to 50 parts by weight, and for example, any one of 0.5 to 25 parts by weight, 0.5 to 10 parts by weight, and 0.5 to 5 parts by weight. When the aforementioned content of the thermosetting agent (B2) is above the aforementioned lower limit, the curing of the thermosetting protective film forming film becomes easier. When the aforementioned content of the thermosetting agent (B2) is below the aforementioned upper limit, the moisture absorption rate of the thermosetting protective film forming film is reduced, and the reliability of the encapsulation obtained using the protective film forming film is further improved.

組成物(III)及熱硬化性保護膜形成膜中,相對於聚合物成分(A)及熱硬化性成分(B)的總含量100質量份,熱硬化性成分(B)的含量(例如,環氧樹脂(B1)及熱硬化劑(B2)的總含量)較佳為10質量份至70質量份,更佳為20質量份至60質量份,進而較佳為25質量份至50質量份,特佳為30質量份至45質量份。藉由熱硬化性成分(B)的前述含量在這樣的範圍,例如,保護膜形成膜之硬化物與支撐片的密合性會受到抑制,支撐片的剝離性會提升。 In the composition (III) and the thermosetting protective film forming film, relative to 100 parts by mass of the total content of polymer component (A) and thermosetting component (B), the content of thermosetting component (B) (e.g., the total content of epoxy resin (B1) and thermosetting agent (B2)) is preferably 10 to 70 parts by mass, more preferably 20 to 60 parts by mass, further preferably 25 to 50 parts by mass, and particularly preferably 30 to 45 parts by mass. By having the aforementioned content of thermosetting component (B) within such a range, for example, the adhesion between the cured protective film and the support sheet is suppressed, and the peelability of the support sheet is improved.

[硬化促進劑(C)] [Hardening Accelerator (C)]

組成物(III)及熱硬化性保護膜形成膜亦可含有硬化促進劑(C)。硬化促進劑(C)係用以調整組成物(III)的硬化速度之成分。 Component (III) and the thermosetting protective film may also contain a curing accelerator (C). The curing accelerator (C) is a component used to adjust the curing rate of component (III).

作為較佳的硬化促進劑(C)例如可舉出:三乙二胺、苄基二甲胺、三乙醇胺、二甲胺基乙醇、三(二甲胺基甲基)苯酚等之三級胺;2-甲基咪唑、2-苯基咪唑、2-苯基-4-甲基咪唑、2-苯基-4,5-二羥基甲基咪唑、2-苯基-4-甲基-5-羥基甲基咪唑等之咪唑類(1個以上的氫原子被氫原子以外的基所取代而成之咪唑);三丁基 膦、二苯基膦、三苯基膦等之有機膦類(1個以上的氫原子被有機基所取代而成之膦);四苯基硼酸四苯基鏻、四苯基硼酸三苯基膦等之四苯基硼鹽等。 Examples of preferred hardening accelerators (C) include: tertiary amines such as triethylenediamine, benzyldimethylamine, triethanolamine, dimethylaminoethanol, and tris(dimethylaminomethyl)phenol; imidazoles (imidazoles formed by replacing one or more hydrogen atoms with groups other than hydrogen atoms) such as 2-methylimidazole, 2-phenylimidazole, 2-phenyl-4-methylimidazole, 2-phenyl-4,5-dihydroxymethylimidazole, and 2-phenyl-4-methyl-5-hydroxymethylimidazole; organophosphines (phosphines formed by replacing one or more hydrogen atoms with organic groups) such as tributylphosphine, diphenylphosphine, and triphenylphosphine; and tetraphenylboronic salts such as tetraphenylphosphonium tetraphenylboronicate and triphenylphosphine tetraphenylboronicate.

組成物(III)及熱硬化性保護膜形成膜所含有之硬化促進劑(C)可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,當為2種以上的情況,那些硬化促進劑(C)的組合及比率能夠任意地選擇。 The curing accelerator (C) contained in component (III) and the thermosetting protective film can be one type or two or more types. When there are two or more types, the combination and ratio of those curing accelerators (C) can be arbitrarily selected.

當使用硬化促進劑(C)的情況,組成物(III)及熱硬化性保護膜形成膜中,相對於熱硬化性成分(B)的含量100質量份,硬化促進劑(C)的含量較佳為0.01質量份至10質量份,更佳為0.1質量份至7質量份。藉由硬化促進劑(C)的前述含量在前述下限值以上,可更加顯著地獲得由使用硬化促進劑(C)所帶來的效果。藉由硬化促進劑(C)的含量在前述上限值以下,例如抑制高極性的硬化促進劑(C)於高溫、高濕度條件下在熱硬化性保護膜形成膜中朝與被附著體之接著界面側移動而偏析之效果會變高。其結果,使用保護膜形成膜所獲得之具保護膜之晶片的可靠性會更加提升。 When using a curing accelerator (C), in composition (III) and the thermosetting protective film, the content of the curing accelerator (C) is preferably 0.01 to 10 parts by mass, and more preferably 0.1 to 7 parts by mass, relative to 100 parts by mass of the thermosetting component (B). By having the aforementioned content of the curing accelerator (C) above the aforementioned lower limit, the effects of using the curing accelerator (C) can be obtained more significantly. By having the content of the curing accelerator (C) below the aforementioned upper limit, for example, the effect of inhibiting the segregation of highly polar curing accelerator (C) towards the interface with the adherend in the thermosetting protective film under high temperature and high humidity conditions becomes greater. As a result, the reliability of wafers with protective films obtained by using protective film formation is further improved.

[填充材(D)] [Fill Material (D)]

組成物(III)及熱硬化性保護膜形成膜亦可含有填充材(D)。藉由熱硬化性保護膜形成膜含有填充材(D),熱硬化性保護膜形成膜與保護膜變得容易調整熱膨脹係數,藉由將此熱膨脹係數對保護膜的形成對象物進行最佳化,使用保護膜形成膜而獲得的具保護膜之晶片的可靠性會更加提升。又,藉由熱硬化性保護膜形成膜含有填充材(D)亦能夠降低保護膜的吸濕率,或使散熱性提升。 Component (III) and the thermosetting protective film forming film may also contain filler (D). By including filler (D) in the thermosetting protective film forming film, the coefficient of thermal expansion of both the thermosetting protective film forming film and the protective film becomes easier to adjust. By optimizing this coefficient of thermal expansion for the substrate to which the protective film is formed, the reliability of the chip with the protective film obtained using the protective film forming film is further improved. Furthermore, including filler (D) in the thermosetting protective film forming film can also reduce the moisture absorption rate of the protective film or improve heat dissipation.

填充材(D)可為有機填充材料及無機填充材料之中任一種,較佳為無機填充材。 The filler (D) can be either organic or inorganic, but is preferably inorganic.

作為較佳的無機填充材例如可舉出:二氧化矽、氧化鋁、滑石、碳酸鈣、鈦白、鐵丹、碳化矽、氮化硼等的粉末;將這些無機填充材球形化而成之珠粒;這些無機填充材的表面改質品;這些無機填充材的單晶纖維;玻璃纖維等。 Examples of suitable inorganic fillers include: powders of silicon dioxide, alumina, talc, calcium carbonate, titanium dioxide, iron oxide, silicon carbide, and boron nitride; beads formed by spheroidizing these inorganic fillers; surface-modified versions of these inorganic fillers; single-crystal fibers of these inorganic fillers; and glass fibers.

在這些之中,無機填充材較佳為二氧化矽或氧化鋁,更佳為二氧化矽。 Among these, the inorganic filler is preferably silicon dioxide or aluminum oxide, with silicon dioxide being more preferred.

組成物(III)及熱硬化性保護膜形成膜所含有之填充材(D)可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,當為2種以上的情況,那些填充材(D)的組合及比率能夠任意地選擇。 The filler (D) contained in component (III) and the thermosetting protective film can be one type or two or more types. When there are two or more types, the combination and ratio of those fillers (D) can be arbitrarily selected.

當使用填充材(D)的情況,熱硬化性保護膜形成膜中,填充材(D)的含量相對於熱硬化性保護膜形成膜的總質量之比例較佳為15質量%至70質量%,例如亦可為25質量%至70質量%、35質量%至70質量%、45質量%至70質量%、50質量%至70質量%、以及55質量%至70質量%之中任一種,亦可為15質量%至60質量%、以及15質量%至55質量%之中任一種。藉由前述比例在這樣的範圍,上述之熱硬化性保護膜形成膜與保護膜的熱膨脹係數之調節變得更容易。另一方面,藉由前述比例在前述下限值以上,變得更容易將前述應變(0.6N/mm2)調節至適當的範圍。再者,藉由前述比例在前述上限值以下,變得更容易將前述應變(0.1N/mm2)調節至適當的範圍。 When using filler (D), the content of filler (D) in the thermosetting protective film is preferably 15% to 70% by mass relative to the total mass of the thermosetting protective film. For example, it can also be any one of 25% to 70%, 35% to 70%, 45% to 70%, 50% to 70%, and 55% to 70%, or any one of 15% to 60% and 15% to 55%. With the aforementioned proportion within this range, it becomes easier to adjust the coefficient of thermal expansion of the thermosetting protective film and the protective film. On the other hand, with the aforementioned proportion above the aforementioned lower limit, it becomes easier to adjust the aforementioned strain (0.6 N/ mm² ) to an appropriate range. Furthermore, by keeping the aforementioned ratio below the aforementioned upper limit, it becomes easier to adjust the aforementioned strain (0.1 N/ mm² ) to an appropriate range.

[偶合劑(E)] [Coupler(E)]

組成物(III)及熱硬化性保護膜形成膜亦可含有偶合劑(E)。藉由使用具有能夠與無機化合物或有機化合物反應之官能基的化合物作為偶合劑(E),能夠提升由熱硬化性保護膜形成膜所形成之保護膜對被附著體的接著性。又,藉由使用偶合劑(E),前述保護膜無損於耐熱性且耐水性會提升。 Component (III) and the thermosetting protective film forming film may also contain a coupling agent (E). By using a compound with functional groups capable of reacting with inorganic or organic compounds as the coupling agent (E), the adhesion of the protective film formed by the thermosetting protective film forming film to the substrate can be improved. Furthermore, by using the coupling agent (E), the aforementioned protective film does not suffer damage to its heat resistance and its water resistance is improved.

偶合劑(E)較佳為具有能夠與聚合物成分(A)、熱硬化性成分(B)等所具有之官能基反應之官能基的化合物,更佳為矽烷偶合劑。 The coupling agent (E) is preferably a compound having a functional group capable of reacting with the functional groups of the polymer component (A), the thermosetting component (B), etc., and is more preferably a silane coupling agent.

作為較佳的前述矽烷偶合劑例如可舉出:3-縮水甘油氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-縮水甘油氧基丙基甲基二乙氧基矽烷、3-縮水甘油氧基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-縮水甘油氧基甲基二乙氧基矽烷、2-(3,4-環氧環己基)乙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-(2-胺基乙基胺基)丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-(2-胺基乙基胺基)丙基甲基二乙氧基矽烷、3-(苯基胺基)丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-苯胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-脲基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-巰基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-巰基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、雙(3-三乙氧基矽基丙基)四硫化物、甲基三甲氧基矽烷、甲基三乙氧基矽烷、乙烯基三甲氧基矽烷、乙烯基三乙醯氧基矽烷、咪唑矽烷等。 Preferred silane coupling agents include, for example, 3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropylmethyldiethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropyltriethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxymethyldiethoxysilane, 2-(3,4-epoxycyclohexyl)ethyltrimethoxysilane, 3-methacryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, and 3-(2-aminoethylamino)propyltrimethoxysilane. Alkane, 3-(2-aminoethylamino)propylmethyldiethoxysilane, 3-(phenylamino)propyltrimethoxysilane, 3-anilinepropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-ureopropyltriethoxysilane, 3-caprylylpropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-caprylylpropylmethyldimethoxysilane, bis(3-triethoxysilylpropyl)tetrasulfide, methyltrimethoxysilane, methyltriethoxysilane, vinyltrimethoxysilane, vinyltriethoxysilane, imidazolylsilane, etc.

作為較佳的前述矽烷偶合劑,亦可舉出在1分子中具有複數個烷氧矽基之低聚物型矽烷偶合劑。 As a preferred silane coupling agent, oligomeric silane coupling agents having a plurality of alkoxysilane groups in one molecule can also be cited.

前述低聚物型矽烷偶合劑不易揮發,因為在1分子中具有複數個烷氧矽基,故在有效地提升耐久性這點較佳。 The aforementioned oligomeric silane coupling agents are less volatile because they contain multiple alkoxysilane groups per molecule, thus effectively improving durability.

作為前述低聚物型矽烷偶合劑,例如可舉出:作為含環氧基之低聚物型矽烷偶合劑之「X-41-1053」、「X-41-1059A」、「X-41-1056」及「X-40-2651」(均為信越化學公司製造);作為含巰基之低聚物型矽烷偶合劑之「X-41-1818」、「X-41-1810」及「X-41-1805」(均為信越化學公司製造)等。 Examples of the aforementioned oligomeric silane coupling agents include: epoxy-containing oligomeric silane coupling agents such as "X-41-1053", "X-41-1059A", "X-41-1056" and "X-40-2651" (all manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.); and hydroxyl-containing oligomeric silane coupling agents such as "X-41-1818", "X-41-1810" and "X-41-1805" (all manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.).

組成物(III)及熱硬化性保護膜形成膜所含有之偶合劑(E)可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,當為2種以上的情況,那些偶合劑(E)的組合及比率能夠任意地選擇。 The coupling agent (E) contained in component (III) and the thermosetting protective film can be one type or two or more types. When there are two or more types, the combination and ratio of those coupling agents (E) can be arbitrarily selected.

當使用偶合劑(E)的情況,組成物(III)及熱硬化性保護膜形成膜中,相對於聚合物成分(A)及熱硬化性成分(B)的總含量100質量份,偶合劑(E)的含量較佳為0.03質量份至10質量份,更佳為0.05質量份至5質量份,特佳為0.1質量份至2質量份。藉由偶合劑(E)的前述含量在這樣的範圍,能夠稍微控制熱硬化性保護膜形成膜與被附著體之化學性的相互適性,而更易於調整黏著性與剝離性。另一方面,藉由偶合劑(E)的前述含量在前述下限值以上,可更加顯著地獲得提升填充材(D)對樹脂的分散性、或提升熱硬化性保護膜形成膜與被附著體的接著性等之使用了偶合劑(E)所帶來的效果。藉由偶合劑(E)的前述含量在前述上限值以下,可更加抑制釋氣(outgas)的發生。 When using a coupling agent (E), in the composition (III) and the thermosetting protective film, relative to 100 parts by mass of the total content of polymer component (A) and thermosetting component (B), the content of coupling agent (E) is preferably 0.03 parts by mass to 10 parts by mass, more preferably 0.05 parts by mass to 5 parts by mass, and particularly preferably 0.1 parts by mass to 2 parts by mass. By using the aforementioned content of coupling agent (E) within this range, the chemical compatibility between the thermosetting protective film and the adherend can be slightly controlled, making it easier to adjust adhesion and peelability. On the other hand, by ensuring the content of coupling agent (E) is above the aforementioned lower limit, the effects of using coupling agent (E), such as improved dispersibility of filler (D) on the resin or improved adhesion between the thermosetting protective film and the substrate, can be more significantly obtained. By ensuring the content of coupling agent (E) is below the aforementioned upper limit, the occurrence of outgassing can be further suppressed.

[交聯劑(F)] [Cross-connecting agent (F)]

當使用上述丙烯酸樹脂等之具有能夠與其他化合物鍵結的乙烯基、(甲基)丙烯醯基、胺基、羥基、羧基、異氰酸酯基等之官能基的化合物作為聚合物成分(A)的情況,組成物(III)及熱硬化性保護膜形成膜亦可含有交聯劑(F)。交聯劑(F)係用以使聚合物成分(A)中的前述官能基與其他化合物鍵結而進行交聯之成分,藉由像這樣進行交聯,能夠調節熱硬化性保護膜形成膜的黏著力及凝聚力。 When using compounds such as acrylic resins possessing functional groups such as vinyl, (meth)acrylic, amino, hydroxyl, carboxyl, and isocyanate groups capable of bonding with other compounds as polymer component (A), composition (III) and the thermosetting protective film forming film may also contain a crosslinking agent (F). The crosslinking agent (F) is a component used to crosslink the aforementioned functional groups in polymer component (A) with other compounds. Through this crosslinking, the adhesion and cohesion of the thermosetting protective film forming film can be adjusted.

作為交聯劑(F)例如可舉出:有機多元異氰酸酯化合物、有機多元亞胺化合物、金屬螯合物系交聯劑(具有金屬螯合物結構之交聯劑)、氮丙啶系交聯劑(具有氮丙啶基之交聯劑)等。 Examples of crosslinking agents (F) include: organic polyisocyanates, organic polyimides, metal chelate crosslinking agents (crosslinking agents with a metal chelate structure), and aziridine crosslinking agents (crosslinking agents with an aziridine group).

組成物(III)及熱硬化性保護膜形成膜所含有之交聯劑(F)可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,當為2種以上的情況,那些交聯劑(F)的組合及比率能夠任意地選擇。 The crosslinking agent (F) contained in component (III) and the thermosetting protective film can be one type or two or more types. When there are two or more types, the combination and ratio of those crosslinking agents (F) can be arbitrarily selected.

當使用交聯劑(F)的情況,組成物(III)中,相對於聚合物成分(A)的含量100質量份,交聯劑(F)的含量較佳為0.01質量份至20質量份,更佳為0.1質量份至10質量份,特佳為0.5質量份至5質量份。藉由交聯劑(F)的前述含量在前述下限值以上,可更顯著地獲得由使用交聯劑(F)所帶來之效果。藉由交聯劑(F)的前述含量在前述上限值以下,可抑制交聯劑(F)的過量使用。 When using a crosslinking agent (F), in composition (III), relative to 100 parts by weight of polymer component (A), the content of crosslinking agent (F) is preferably 0.01 to 20 parts by weight, more preferably 0.1 to 10 parts by weight, and particularly preferably 0.5 to 5 parts by weight. By ensuring the aforementioned content of crosslinking agent (F) is above the aforementioned lower limit, the effects of using crosslinking agent (F) can be more significantly obtained. By ensuring the aforementioned content of crosslinking agent (F) is below the aforementioned upper limit, the excessive use of crosslinking agent (F) can be suppressed.

[能量線硬化性樹脂(G)] [Energy Line Curing Resin (G)]

組成物(III)及熱硬化性保護膜形成膜亦可含有能量線硬化性樹脂(G)。熱硬化性保護膜形成膜藉由含有能量線硬化性樹脂(G),而能夠藉由照射能量線來改變特性。 Component (III) and the thermosetting protective film may also contain energy-curing resin (G). The thermosetting protective film, by containing energy-curing resin (G), can have its properties altered by irradiation with energy rays.

能量線硬化性樹脂(G)為能量線硬化性化合物,或視為由能量線硬化性化合物所合成之低聚物或是聚合物(聚合體)。 Line-curing resins (G) are line-curing compounds, or can be considered as oligomers or polymers (polymers) synthesized from line-curing compounds.

作為前述能量線硬化性化合物例如可舉出分子內具有至少1個聚合性雙鍵之化合物,較佳為具有(甲基)丙烯醯基之丙烯酸酯系化合物。 Examples of the aforementioned energy line hardening compounds include compounds having at least one polymerizable double bond within the molecule, preferably acrylate compounds having a (meth)acrylic group.

作為前述丙烯酸酯系化合物例如可舉出:三羥甲基丙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、四羥甲基甲烷四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇單羥基五(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯、1,4-丁二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、1,6-己二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯等含鏈狀脂肪族骨架之(甲基)丙烯酸酯;二(甲基)丙烯酸二環戊酯等含環狀脂肪族骨架之(甲基)丙烯酸酯;聚乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯等聚伸烷基二醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯;寡酯(甲基)丙烯酸酯;(甲基)丙烯酸胺基甲酸酯低聚物;環氧改質(甲基)丙烯酸酯;前述聚伸烷基二醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯以外的聚醚(甲基)丙烯酸酯;伊康酸低聚物等。 Examples of the aforementioned acrylate compounds include: trihydroxymethylpropane tri(meth)acrylate, tetrahydroxymethylmethane tetra(meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol tri(meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol monohydroxypenta(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate, 1,4-butanediol di(meth)acrylate, 1,6-hexanediol di(meth)acrylate, and other (meth)acrylates containing a chain-like aliphatic backbone; dicyclopentyl(meth)acrylate and other (meth)acrylates containing a cyclic aliphatic backbone; polyethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate and other polyalkylene glycol (meth)acrylates; oligoester (meth)acrylates; (meth)acrylate aminocarbamate oligomers; epoxy-modified (meth)acrylates; polyether (meth)acrylates other than the aforementioned polyalkylene glycol (meth)acrylates; and isoconic acid oligomers.

前述能量線硬化性化合物的重量平均分子量較佳為100至30000,更佳為300至10000。 The aforementioned energy line hardening compound preferably has a weight-average molecular weight of 100 to 30,000, more preferably 300 to 10,000.

用於合成前述低聚物或是聚合物的前述能量線硬化性化合物可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,當為2種以上的情況,那些能量線硬化性化合物的組合及比率能夠任意地選擇。 The energy line hardening compound used in the synthesis of the aforementioned oligomers or polymers may be one type or two or more types. When two or more types are used, the combination and ratio of those energy line hardening compounds can be arbitrarily selected.

組成物(III)及熱硬化性保護膜形成膜所含有之能量線硬化性樹脂(G)可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,當為2種以上的情況,那些能量線硬化性樹脂(G)的組合及比率能夠任意地選擇。 The energy-curing resin (G) contained in component (III) and the thermosetting protective film can be one type or two or more types. When there are two or more types, the combination and ratio of those energy-curing resins (G) can be arbitrarily selected.

當使用能量線硬化性樹脂(G)的情況,組成物(III)中,能量線硬化性樹脂(G)的含量相對於組成物(III)的總質量之比例較佳為1質量%至30質量%,更佳為5質量%至25質量%,特佳為10質量%至20質量%。 When using a line-curing resin (G), the content of the line-curing resin (G) in composition (III) relative to the total mass of composition (III) is preferably from 1% to 30% by mass, more preferably from 5% to 25% by mass, and particularly preferably from 10% to 20% by mass.

[光聚合起始劑(H)] [Photopolymerization Initiator (H)]

當組成物(III)及熱硬化性保護膜形成膜含有能量線硬化性樹脂(G)的情況,為了高效率地進行能量線硬化性樹脂(G)的聚合反應,亦可含有光聚合起始劑(H)。 When component (III) and the thermosetting protective film form contain energy line curing resin (G), a photopolymerization initiator (H) may also be included to facilitate the efficient polymerization reaction of the energy line curing resin (G).

作為組成物(III)中的光聚合起始劑(H)例如可舉出:安息香、安息香甲醚、安息香乙醚、安息香異丙醚、安息香異丁醚、安息香苯甲酸、安息香苯甲酸甲酯、安息香二甲基縮酮等之安息香化合物;苯乙酮、2-羥基-2-甲基-1-苯基丙烷-1-酮、2,2-二甲氧基-1,2-二苯基乙烷-1-酮、2-羥基-1-(4-(4-(2-羥基-2-甲基丙醯基)苄基)苯基)-2-甲基丙烷-1-酮、2-(二甲基胺基)-1-(4-嗎啉苯基)-2-苄基-1-丁酮等之苯乙酮化合物;雙(2,4,6-三甲基苯甲醯基)苯基氧化膦、2,4,6-三甲基苯甲醯基二苯基氧化膦等之醯基氧化膦化合物;苄基苯基硫醚、一硫化四甲基秋 蘭姆等之硫醚化合物;1-羥基環己基苯基酮等之α-酮醇化合物;偶氮雙異丁腈等之偶氮化合物;二茂鈦等之二茂鈦化合物;噻噸酮等之噻噸酮化合物;過氧化物化合物;二乙醯等之二酮化合物;苯偶醯;二苯偶醯;二苯甲酮;2,4-二乙基噻噸酮;1,2-二苯基甲烷;2-羥基-2-甲基-1-[4-(1-甲基乙烯基)苯基]丙酮;1-氯蒽醌、2-氯蒽醌等之醌化合物。 Examples of photopolymerization initiators (H) in composition (III) include: benzoin compounds such as benzoin methyl benzoate, benzoin ethyl benzoate, benzoin isopropyl benzoate, benzoin isobutyl benzoate, benzoic acid, methyl benzoate, and benzoin dimethyl ketone; acetophenone compounds such as 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-phenylpropane-1-one, 2,2-dimethoxy-1,2-diphenylethane-1-one, 2-hydroxy-1-(4-(4-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropenyl)benzyl)phenyl)-2-methylpropane-1-one, and 2-(dimethylamino)-1-(4-morpholinophenyl)-2-benzyl-1-butanone; and bis(2,4,6) Azoxyphosphine oxide compounds such as 2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl)phenylphosphine oxide and 2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyldiphenylphosphine oxide; sulfide compounds such as benzylphenyl sulfide and tetramethylthiuram monosulfide; α-keto alcohol compounds such as 1-hydroxycyclohexylphenyl ketone; azo compounds such as azobisisobutyronitrile; titanium eccentricate compounds such as titanium eccentricate; thiotonone compounds such as thiotonone; peroxide compounds; diketone compounds such as diacetate; benzohexane; dibenzohexane; benzophenone; 2,4-diethylthiotonone; 1,2-diphenylmethane; 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-[4-(1-methylvinyl)phenyl]propanone; quinone compounds such as 1-chloroanthraquinone and 2-chloroanthraquinone.

再者,作為光聚合起始劑(H),例如亦可舉出胺等之光增感劑等。 Furthermore, photosensitizers such as amines can also serve as photopolymerization initiators (H).

組成物(III)及熱硬化性保護膜形成膜所含有之光聚合起始劑(H)可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,當為2種以上的情況,那些光聚合起始劑(H)的組合及比率能夠任意地選擇。 The photopolymerization initiator (H) contained in component (III) and the thermosetting protective film can be one type or two or more types. When there are two or more types, the combination and ratio of those photopolymerization initiators (H) can be arbitrarily selected.

當使用光聚合起始劑(H)的情況,組成物(III)中,相對於能量線硬化性樹脂(G)的含量100質量份,光聚合起始劑(H)的含量較佳為0.1質量份至20質量份,更佳為1質量份至10質量份,特佳為2質量份至5質量份。 When using a photopolymerization initiator (H), in composition (III), the content of the photopolymerization initiator (H) is preferably 0.1 to 20 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the energy line curing resin (G), more preferably 1 to 10 parts by mass, and particularly preferably 2 to 5 parts by mass.

[著色劑(I)] [Colorant (I)]

組成物(III)及熱硬化性保護膜形成膜較佳為含有著色劑(I)。藉由含有著色劑(I),能夠容易地調節熱硬化性保護膜形成膜及保護膜的光穿透性。 Component (III) and the thermosetting protective film forming film preferably contain a colorant (I). By containing colorant (I), the light transmittance of the thermosetting protective film forming film and the protective film can be easily adjusted.

作為著色劑(I),例如能夠舉出:無機系顏料、有機系顏料、有機系染料等公知的著色劑。 As coloring agents (I), examples include known coloring agents such as inorganic pigments, organic pigments, and organic dyes.

作為前述有機系顏料及有機系染料,例如可舉出:胺鎓系色素、花青系色素、部花青素系色素、克酮鎓系色素、方酸鎓系色素、薁鎓系色素、多次甲基系色素、萘醌系色素、吡喃鎓系色素、酞菁系色素、萘酞菁系色素、萘內醯胺系色素、偶氮系色素、縮合偶氮系色素、靛藍系色素、紫環酮系色素、苝系色素、雙噁嗪系色素、喹吖啶酮系色素、異吲哚啉酮系色素、喹啉酞酮系 色素、吡咯系色素、硫靛藍系色素、金屬錯合物系色素(金屬錯鹽染料)、二硫醇金屬錯合物系色素、吲哚酚系色素、三芳基甲烷系色素、蒽醌系色素、萘酚系色素、次甲基偶氮系色素、苯并咪唑酮系色素、皮蒽酮系色素及士林系色素等。 Examples of organic pigments and dyes mentioned above include: amine-based pigments, anthocyanin-based pigments, polyanthocyanin-based pigments, ketone-based pigments, squaric acid-based pigments, azuron-based pigments, polymethyl-based pigments, naphthoquinone-based pigments, pyranone-based pigments, phthalocyanine-based pigments, naphthyl phthalocyanine-based pigments, naphthyl lactone-based pigments, azo-based pigments, condensed azo-based pigments, indigo-based pigments, violet-based pigments, and perylene-based pigments. The pigments include: bisoxazine pigments, quinacridone pigments, isoindolineone pigments, quinolinephthalone pigments, pyrrole pigments, indigo pigments, metal complex pigments (metallic salt dyes), dithiol metal complex pigments, indophenol pigments, triarylmethane pigments, anthraquinone pigments, naphthol pigments, methylene azo pigments, benzimidazole pigments, pinantrone pigments, and vat pigments, etc.

作為前述無機系顏料,例如可舉出:碳黑、鈷系色素、鐵系色素、鉻系色素、鈦系色素、釩系色素、鋯系色素、鉬系色素、釕系色素、鉑系色素、ITO(銦錫氧化物)系色素、ATO(銻錫氧化物)系色素等。 Examples of inorganic pigments mentioned above include: carbon black, cobalt-based pigments, iron-based pigments, chromium-based pigments, titanium-based pigments, vanadium-based pigments, zirconium-based pigments, molybdenum-based pigments, ruthenium-based pigments, platinum-based pigments, ITO (indium tin oxide) pigments, and ATO (antimony tin oxide) pigments.

組成物(III)及熱硬化性保護膜形成膜所含有之著色劑(I)可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,當為2種以上的情況,那些著色劑(I)的組合及比率能夠任意地選擇。 The colorant (I) contained in component (III) and the thermosetting protective film can be only one type or two or more types. When there are two or more types, the combination and ratio of those colorants (I) can be arbitrarily selected.

當使用著色劑(I)的情況,熱硬化性保護膜形成膜之著色劑(I)的含量只要依目的適當調節即可。例如,藉由調節熱硬化性保護膜形成膜之著色劑(I)的含量,來調節熱硬化性保護膜形成膜的光穿透性,能夠調節在對熱硬化性保護膜形成膜或保護膜進行了雷射印字時的印字辨識性。再者,藉由調節熱硬化性保護膜形成膜之著色劑(I)的含量,亦能夠提升保護膜的設計性、或使晶圓的內面的磨削痕不易看見。若考慮到這些方面,熱硬化性保護膜形成膜中,著色劑(I)的含量相對於熱硬化性保護膜形成膜的總質量之比例較佳為0.1質量%至10質量%,更佳為0.1質量%至7.5質量%,特佳為0.1質量%至5質量%。藉由前述比例在前述下限值以上,可更顯著地獲得由使用著色劑(I)所帶來之效果。例如,當從被附著體剝離了熱硬化性保護膜形成膜時,能夠藉由目視容易地確認熱硬化性保護膜形成膜有無殘留於被附著體。藉由前述比例在前述上限值以下,可抑制著色劑(I)的過量使用。 When using a colorant (I), the content of the colorant (I) in the thermosetting protective film can be adjusted appropriately according to the purpose. For example, by adjusting the content of the colorant (I) in the thermosetting protective film, the light transmittance of the thermosetting protective film can be adjusted, thereby adjusting the legibility of the printed text when laser printing is performed on the thermosetting protective film or the protective film. Furthermore, by adjusting the content of the colorant (I) in the thermosetting protective film, the design of the protective film can also be improved, or the grinding marks on the inner surface of the wafer can be made less visible. Taking these aspects into consideration, the content of colorant (I) in the thermosetting protective film, relative to the total mass of the thermosetting protective film, is preferably 0.1% to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.1% to 7.5% by mass, and particularly preferably 0.1% to 5% by mass. By keeping the aforementioned proportion above the lower limit, the effects of using colorant (I) can be more significantly obtained. For example, when the thermosetting protective film is peeled off from the adherend, it is easy to visually confirm whether any residue of the thermosetting protective film remains on the adherend. By keeping the aforementioned proportion below the upper limit, excessive use of colorant (I) can be suppressed.

[通用添加劑(J)] [General Additives (J)]

組成物(III)及熱硬化性保護膜形成膜亦可在無損於本發明的效果之範圍內,含有通用添加劑(J)。 Component (III) and the thermosetting protective film may also contain a general additive (J) to the extent that it does not impair the effects of the invention.

通用添加劑(J)可為公知的添加劑,能夠依目的任意選擇,並無特別限定,作為較佳的通用添加劑(J)例如可舉出:塑化劑、抗靜電劑、抗氧化劑、吸氣劑(gettering agent)、紫外線吸收劑等。 The general-purpose additive (J) can be any known additive, and can be selected arbitrarily according to the purpose without particular limitation. Examples of preferred general-purpose additives (J) include: plasticizers, antistatic agents, antioxidants, gettering agents, and ultraviolet absorbers.

組成物(III)及熱硬化性保護膜形成膜所含有之通用添加劑(J)可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,當為2種以上的情況,那些通用添加劑(J)的組合及比率能夠任意地選擇。 The general-purpose additive (J) contained in component (III) and the thermosetting protective film can be only one type or two or more types. When there are two or more types, the combination and ratio of those general-purpose additives (J) can be arbitrarily selected.

組成物(III)及熱硬化性保護膜形成膜的通用添加劑(J)的含量沒有特別限定,依目的適當選擇即可。 There are no particular limitations on the content of component (III) and the general additive (J) for forming the thermosetting protective film; they can be selected appropriately according to the purpose.

[溶媒] [solvent]

組成物(III)較佳為進而含有溶媒。含有溶媒之組成物(III)的操作性會變得良好。 Composition (III) is preferably further found to contain a solvent. The operability of composition (III) containing a solvent is improved.

本說明書中,所謂的「溶媒」,除非另有說明,否則概念上不只是使對象成分溶解者,亦包含使對象成分分散的分散媒。 In this instruction manual, the term "solvent," unless otherwise specified, refers not only to substances that dissolve the target components but also to dispersion media that disperse the target components.

前述溶媒並無特別限定,作為較佳的溶媒例如可舉出:甲苯、二甲苯等之烴;甲醇、乙醇、2-丙醇、異丁醇(2-甲基丙烷-1-醇)、1-丁醇等之醇;乙酸乙酯等之酯;丙酮、甲基乙基酮等之酮;四氫呋喃等之醚;二甲基甲醯胺、N-甲基吡咯啶酮等之醯胺(具有醯胺鍵之化合物)等。 The aforementioned solvents are not particularly limited, but preferred solvents include: hydrocarbons such as toluene and xylene; alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol, isobutanol (2-methylpropane-1-ol), and 1-butanol; esters such as ethyl acetate; ketones such as acetone and methyl ethyl ketone; ethers such as tetrahydrofuran; and amides (compounds containing amide bonds) such as dimethylformamide and N-methylpyrrolidone.

組成物(III)所含有之溶媒可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,當為2種以上的情況,那些溶媒的組合及比率能夠任意地選擇。 Component (III) may contain only one solvent or two or more solvents. When there are two or more solvents, the combination and ratio of those solvents can be arbitrarily selected.

針對組成物(III)所含有之溶媒,作為更佳的溶媒例如就能夠將組成物(III)中的含有成分更加均勻地混合這點而言,可舉出:甲基乙基酮、甲苯、乙酸乙酯等。 Regarding the solvent contained in component (III), examples of better solvents that can more uniformly mix the components contained in component (III) include: methyl ethyl ketone, toluene, ethyl acetate, etc.

組成物(III)的溶媒的含量並無特別限定,例如依照溶媒以外的成分的種類適當選擇即可。 The solvent content of component (III) is not particularly limited; for example, it can be appropriately selected based on the types of components other than the solvent.

[熱硬化性保護膜形成用組成物(III)之製造方法] [Method for manufacturing a thermosetting protective film component (III)]

組成物(III)可藉由調配用以構成該組成物(III)之各成分而獲得。 Composition (III) can be obtained by formulating the components used to constitute composition (III).

調配各成分時的添加順序並無特別限定,亦可同時添加2種以上之成分。 There are no particular restrictions on the order in which the ingredients are added when preparing the formula, and two or more ingredients may be added simultaneously.

調配時混合各成分之方法並無特別限定,從以下公知的方法中適當選擇即可:使攪拌子或攪拌翼等旋轉而進行混合之方法;使用混合機進行混合之方法;施加超音波進行混合之方法等。 There are no particular limitations on the method of mixing the ingredients during preparation; any of the following known methods may be appropriately selected: mixing by rotating a stir bar or stirring blade; mixing using a mixer; mixing by applying ultrasound, etc.

添加及混合各成分時的溫度以及時間只要不會使各調配成分劣化則並無特別限定,適當調節即可,溫度較佳為15℃至30℃。 There are no particular restrictions on the temperature and time for adding and mixing the ingredients, as long as they do not degrade the composition. Appropriate adjustments are sufficient, with an optimal temperature range of 15°C to 30°C.

◎能量線硬化性保護膜形成膜 ◎Energy Line Hardening Protective Film Formation

將能量線硬化性保護膜形成膜貼附至晶圓之目標部位並使之能量線硬化而形成保護膜時的硬化條件,只要保護膜成為充分地發揮該保護膜的機能之程度的硬化度則沒有特別限定,依能量線硬化性保護膜形成膜的種類適當選擇即可。 The curing conditions for forming a protective film by attaching a line-curing protective film to the target area of a wafer and curing it with energy lines are not particularly limited, as long as the protective film can fully perform its function. The curing degree can be appropriately selected according to the type of line-curing protective film.

例如,能量線硬化性保護膜形成膜於能量線硬化時之能量線的照度較佳為120mW/cm2至280mW/cm2。並且,於前述硬化時之能量線的光量較佳為100mJ/cm2至1000mJ/cm2For example, the illuminance of the energy line during energy line curing of the protective film is preferably between 120 mW/ cm² and 280 mW/ cm² . Furthermore, the light intensity of the energy line during the aforementioned curing is preferably between 100 mJ/ cm² and 1000 mJ/ cm² .

[能量線硬化性保護膜形成用組成物(IV)] [Component for forming energy line hardening protective film (IV)]

作為較佳的能量線硬化性保護膜形成用組成物,例如可舉出含有前述能量線硬化性成分(a)之能量線硬化性保護膜形成用組成物(IV)(本說明書中,有時僅簡稱為「組成物(IV)」)等。 As a preferred composition for forming a line-curing protective film, examples include composition (IV) for forming a line-curing protective film containing the aforementioned line-curing component (a) (in this specification, it is sometimes simply referred to as "composition (IV)").

[能量線硬化性成分(a)] [Energy Line Hardening Component (a)]

能量線硬化性成分(a)係藉由照射能量線而硬化之成分,亦為用以對能量線硬化性保護膜形成膜賦予造膜性或可撓性等,並且於硬化後形成硬質的保護膜之成分。 The energy-curing component (a) is a component that is cured by irradiation with energy rays. It is also used to impart film-forming properties or flexibility to the energy-curing protective film, and forms a hard protective film after curing.

能量線硬化性保護膜形成膜中,能量線硬化性成分(a)較佳為未硬化,較佳為具有黏著性,更佳為未硬化且具有黏著性。 In the energy-line hardening protective film, the energy-line hardening component (a) is preferably unhardened, more preferably adhesive, and even more preferably both unhardened and adhesive.

作為能量線硬化性成分(a)例如可舉出:具有能量線硬化性基且重量平均分子量為80000至2000000之聚合物(a1)、及具有能量線硬化性基且分子量為100至80000之化合物(a2)。前述聚合物(a1)可至少一部分藉由交聯劑進行交聯,亦可不進行交聯。 Examples of energy line hardening components (a) include, for instance, polymers (a1) having energy line hardening groups and a weight average molecular weight of 80,000 to 2,000,000, and compounds (a2) having energy line hardening groups and a molecular weight of 100 to 80,000. The aforementioned polymer (a1) may be at least partially crosslinked using a crosslinking agent, or it may not be crosslinked.

[具有能量線硬化性基且重量平均分子量為80000至2000000之聚合物(a1)] [Polymers possessing energy-line hardening groups and a weight-average molecular weight of 80,000 to 2,000,000 (a1)]

作為具有能量線硬化性基且重量平均分子量為80000至2000000之聚合物(a1)例如可舉出具有丙烯酸聚合物(a11)與能量線硬化性化合物(a12)進行了反應的結構之丙烯酸樹脂(a1-1),該丙烯酸系聚合物(a11)具有能夠與其他化合物所具有之基反應的官能基,該能量線硬化性化合物(a12)具有與前述官能基反應之基及能量線硬化性雙鍵等之能量線硬化性基。 As a polymer (a1) having an energy-line hardening group and a weight-average molecular weight of 80,000 to 2,000,000, an example of a polymer (a1-1) is an acrylic resin (a1-1) having a structure in which an acrylic polymer (a11) and an energy-line hardening compound (a12) have reacted. The acrylic polymer (a11) has functional groups capable of reacting with groups found in other compounds, and the energy-line hardening compound (a12) has energy-line hardening groups such as groups that react with the aforementioned functional groups and energy-line hardening double bonds.

作為能與其他化合物所具有之基反應的前述官能基,例如可舉出:羥基、羧基、胺基、取代胺基(具有胺基的1個或2個氫原子被氫原子以外的 基所取代而成的結構之基)、環氧基等。不過,就防止晶圓或晶片等之電路的腐蝕這一點而言,前述官能基較佳為羧基以外的基。 Examples of functional groups that can react with groups found in other compounds include hydroxyl, carboxyl, amino, substituted amino groups (groups with one or two hydrogen atoms of an amino group replaced by groups other than hydrogen atoms), and epoxy groups. However, for the purpose of preventing corrosion of circuits such as wafers or chips, the aforementioned functional groups are preferably groups other than carboxyl groups.

在這些官能基之中,前述官能基較佳為羥基。 Of these functional groups, the hydroxyl group is preferred.

‧具有官能基之丙烯酸聚合物(a11) • Acrylic polymers with functional groups (a11)

作為前述具有官能基之丙烯酸聚合物(a11)例如可舉出:前述具有官能基之丙烯酸單體、以及前述不具有官能基之丙烯酸單體所共聚而成之丙烯酸聚合物,亦可為除了這些單體以外,進而有丙烯酸單體以外的單體(非丙烯酸單體)所共聚而成之丙烯酸聚合物。 Examples of the aforementioned functionalized acrylic polymers (a11) include: acrylic polymers copolymerized from the aforementioned functionalized acrylic monomers and the aforementioned non-functionalized acrylic monomers; and acrylic polymers copolymerized from monomers other than acrylic monomers (non-acrylic monomers).

又,前述丙烯酸聚合物(a11)可為無規共聚物,亦可為嵌段共聚物,而關於聚合方法亦能夠採用公知的方法。 Furthermore, the aforementioned acrylic polymer (a11) can be a random copolymer or a block copolymer, and the polymerization method can also employ known methods.

作為具有前述官能基之丙烯酸單體例如可舉出:含羥基之單體、含羧基之單體、含胺基之單體、含取代胺基之單體、含環氧基之單體等。 Examples of acrylic monomers possessing the aforementioned functional groups include: monomers containing hydroxyl groups, monomers containing carboxyl groups, monomers containing amino groups, monomers containing substituted amino groups, and monomers containing epoxy groups.

作為前述含羥基之單體例如可舉出:(甲基)丙烯酸羥甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3-羥丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3-羥丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸4-羥丁酯等之(甲基)丙烯酸羥基烷基酯;乙烯醇、烯丙醇等之非(甲基)丙烯酸不飽和醇(不具有(甲基)丙烯醯基骨架之不飽和醇)等。 Examples of hydroxyl-containing monomers mentioned above include: hydroxymethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, 3-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate, 3-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate, and other hydroxyalkyl esters of (meth)acrylate; and non-(meth)acrylate unsaturated alcohols (unsaturated alcohols without a (meth)acrylate backbone) such as vinyl alcohol and allyl alcohol.

作為前述含羧基之單體例如可舉出:(甲基)丙烯酸、丁烯酸等之乙烯性不飽和單羧酸(具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之單羧酸);富馬酸、伊康酸、馬來酸、檸康酸等之乙烯性不飽和二羧酸(具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之二羧酸);前述乙烯性不飽和二羧酸的酐;甲基丙烯酸2-羧基乙酯等之(甲基)丙烯酸羧基烷基酯等。 Examples of the aforementioned carboxyl-containing monomers include: vinyl unsaturated monocarboxylic acids (monocarboxylic acids with vinyl unsaturated bonds), such as (meth)acrylic acid and butenoic acid; vinyl unsaturated dicarboxylic acids (dicarboxylic acids with vinyl unsaturated bonds), such as fumaric acid, icosinic acid, maleic acid, and leuconic acid; anhydrides of the aforementioned vinyl unsaturated dicarboxylic acids; and carboxyl alkyl esters of (meth)acrylic acid, such as 2-carboxyethyl methacrylate.

前述具有官能基之丙烯酸單體較佳為含羥基之單體。 The aforementioned acrylic monomers with functional groups are preferably monomers containing hydroxyl groups.

構成前述丙烯酸聚合物(a11)的前述具有官能基之丙烯酸單體可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,當為2種以上的情況,那些丙烯酸單體的組合及比率能夠任意地選擇。 The aforementioned acrylic monomers with functional groups constituting the aforementioned acrylic polymer (a11) may be one type or two or more types. When there are two or more types, the combination and ratio of those acrylic monomers can be arbitrarily selected.

作為前述不具有官能基之丙烯酸單體例如可舉出:(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸二級丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸三級丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸庚酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-乙基己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正壬酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異壬酯、(甲基)丙烯酸癸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十一烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十二烷基酯((甲基)丙烯酸月桂酯)、(甲基)丙烯酸十三烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十四烷基酯((甲基)丙烯酸肉豆蔻酯)、(甲基)丙烯酸十五烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十六烷基酯((甲基)丙烯酸棕櫚酯)、(甲基)丙烯酸十七烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十八烷基酯((甲基)丙烯酸硬脂酯)等之構成烷基酯之烷基為碳數為1至18的鏈狀結構之(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯等。 Examples of non-functional acrylic monomers mentioned above include: methyl methacrylate, ethyl methacrylate, n-propyl methacrylate, isopropyl methacrylate, n-butyl methacrylate, isobutyl methacrylate, dibutyl methacrylate, tributyl methacrylate, pentyl methacrylate, hexyl methacrylate, heptyl methacrylate, 2-ethylhexyl methacrylate, isooctyl methacrylate, n-octyl methacrylate, n-nonyl methacrylate, and isononyl methacrylate. Alkyl esters comprising decyl methacrylate, undecyl methacrylate, dodecyl methacrylate (laurate methacrylate), tridecyl methacrylate, tetradecyl methacrylate (myristyl methacrylate), pentadecyl methacrylate, hexadecyl methacrylate (palmitoyl methacrylate), heptadecanyl methacrylate, and octadecyl methacrylate (stearyl methacrylate) are alkyl esters of methacrylate in which the alkyl group has a chain structure with 1 to 18 carbon atoms.

又,作為前述不具有官能基之丙烯酸單體例如亦可舉出:(甲基)丙烯酸甲氧基甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸甲氧基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙氧基甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙氧基乙酯等之含烷氧基烷基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯;包含(甲基)丙烯酸苯酯等之(甲基)丙烯酸芳基酯等之具有芳香族基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯;非交聯性的(甲基)丙烯醯胺及其衍生物;(甲基)丙烯酸N,N-二甲胺基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸N,N-二甲胺基丙酯等之具有非交聯性的三級胺基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。 Furthermore, examples of non-functional acrylic monomers mentioned above include: methoxymethyl methacrylate, methoxyethyl methacrylate, ethoxymethyl methacrylate, ethoxyethyl methacrylate, and other alkoxyalkyl-containing (meth)acrylates; aromatic (meth)acrylates such as aryl (meth)acrylates including phenyl (meth)acrylate; non-crosslinked (meth)acrylamide and its derivatives; and non-crosslinked tertiary amino (meth)acrylates such as N,N-dimethylaminoethyl (meth)acrylate and N,N-dimethylaminopropyl (meth)acrylate.

本說明書中,假設某特定的化合物中,1個以上的氫原子被氫原子以外的基所取代之結構的情況,則將這種具有經取代之結構的化合物稱為上述之特定的化合物的「衍生物」。 In this specification, if a particular compound has a structure in which one or more hydrogen atoms are replaced by groups other than hydrogen atoms, then such a compound with a substituted structure is referred to as a "derivative" of the aforementioned particular compound.

本說明書中,所謂「基」不僅為具有複數個的原子所鍵結而成的結構之原子團,亦包含1個的原子。 In this specification, the term "base" refers not only to a group of atoms bonded together to form a structure, but also to a single atom.

構成前述丙烯酸聚合物(a11)的前述不具有官能基之丙烯酸單體可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,當為2種以上的情況,那些丙烯酸單體的組合及比率能夠任意地選擇。 The aforementioned non-functional acrylic monomer constituting the acrylic polymer (a11) may be a single type or two or more types. When there are two or more types, the combination and ratio of those acrylic monomers can be arbitrarily selected.

作為前述非丙烯酸單體例如可舉出:乙烯、降莰烯等之烯烴;乙酸乙烯酯;苯乙烯等。 Examples of non-acrylic acid monomers mentioned above include: alkenes such as ethylene and norbenzene; vinyl acetate; and styrene.

構成前述丙烯酸聚合物(a11)的前述非丙烯酸單體可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,當為2種以上的情況,那些非丙烯酸單體的組合及比率能夠任意地選擇。 The aforementioned non-acrylic monomers constituting the acrylic polymer (a11) may be one type or two or more types. When there are two or more types, the combination and ratio of those non-acrylic monomers can be arbitrarily selected.

前述丙烯酸聚合物(a11)中,由前述具有官能基之丙烯酸單體所衍生之構成單元的量相對於構成該丙烯酸聚合物(a11)之構成單元的總量之比例(含量)較佳為0.1質量%至50質量%,更佳為1質量%至40質量%,特佳為3質量%至30質量%。藉由前述比例在這樣的範圍,在由前述丙烯酸聚合物(a11)與前述能量線硬化性化合物(a12)的共聚所獲得之前述丙烯酸樹脂(a1-1)中,易於成為能量線硬化性基的含量合適的保護膜形成膜,能使保護膜的硬化程度調節至較佳之範圍。 In the aforementioned acrylic polymer (a11), the proportion (content) of the constituent units derived from the aforementioned functional acrylic monomers relative to the total amount of constituent units constituting the acrylic polymer (a11) is preferably 0.1% to 50% by mass, more preferably 1% to 40% by mass, and particularly preferably 3% to 30% by mass. Within this range, the aforementioned acrylic resin (a1-1) obtained by copolymerizing the aforementioned acrylic polymer (a11) and the aforementioned energy-curing compound (a12) readily forms a protective film with an appropriate content of energy-curing groups, allowing the curing degree of the protective film to be adjusted to a preferred range.

構成前述丙烯酸樹脂(a1-1)之前述丙烯酸聚合物(a11)可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,當為2種以上的情況,那些丙烯酸聚合物(a11)的組合及比率能夠任意地選擇。 The acrylic polymer (a11) constituting the aforementioned acrylic resin (a1-1) may be a single type or two or more types. When there are two or more types, the combination and ratio of those acrylic polymers (a11) can be arbitrarily selected.

能量線硬化性保護膜形成膜中,丙烯酸樹脂(a1-1)的含量相對於能量線硬化性保護膜形成膜的總質量之比例較佳為1質量%至70質量%,更佳為5質量%至60質量%,特佳為10質量%至50質量%。 In the energy line curing protective film forming film, the content of acrylic resin (a1-1) relative to the total mass of the energy line curing protective film forming film is preferably 1% to 70% by mass, more preferably 5% to 60% by mass, and particularly preferably 10% to 50% by mass.

‧能量線硬化性化合物(a12) • Energy line hardening compound (a12)

前述能量線硬化性化合物(a12)較佳為具有選自由異氰酸酯基、環氧基及羧基所組成之群組中的1種或2種以上作為能夠與前述丙烯酸聚合物(a11)所具有之官能基反應之基,更佳為具有異氰酸酯基作為前述基。當前述能量線硬化性化合物(a12)例如具有異氰酸酯基作為前述基的情況,該異氰酸酯基與具有羥基作為前述官能基之丙烯酸聚合物(a11)的該羥基進行反應。 The aforementioned energy line curing compound (a12) preferably has one or more groups selected from the group consisting of isocyanate groups, epoxy groups, and carboxyl groups as functional groups capable of reacting with the aforementioned acrylic polymer (a11), more preferably having an isocyanate group as such a group. When the aforementioned energy line curing compound (a12) has, for example, an isocyanate group as such a group, that isocyanate group reacts with the hydroxyl group of the acrylic polymer (a11) having a hydroxyl group as such a functional group.

前述能量線硬化性化合物(a12)的1分子中所具有之前述能量線硬化性基的數量並無特別限定,例如可考慮對目標保護膜所要求之收縮率等物性來適當選擇。 The number of the aforementioned energy-line hardening groups in one molecule of the aforementioned energy-line hardening compound (a12) is not particularly limited; for example, it can be appropriately selected considering physical properties such as the shrinkage rate required for the target protective film.

例如,前述能量線硬化性化合物(a12)較佳為於1分子中具有1個至5個前述能量線硬化性基,更佳為具有1個至3個。 For example, the aforementioned energy line hardening compound (a12) preferably has one to five aforementioned energy line hardening groups per molecule, more preferably one to three.

作為前述能量線硬化性化合物(a12)例如可舉出:異氰酸2-甲基丙烯醯氧基乙酯、間-異丙烯基-α,α-二甲基苄基異氰酸酯、甲基丙烯醯基異氰酸酯、異氰酸烯丙酯、異氰酸1,1-(雙丙烯醯氧基甲基)乙酯;藉由二異氰酸酯化合物或多異氰酸酯化合物與(甲基)丙烯酸羥基乙酯之反應而獲得之丙烯醯基單異氰酸酯化合物;藉由二異氰酸酯化合物或多異氰酸酯化合物、多元醇化合物及(甲基)丙烯酸羥基乙酯之反應而獲得之丙烯醯基單異氰酸酯化合物等。 Examples of the aforementioned energy line hardening compounds (a12) include: 2-methacryloxyethyl isocyanate, m-isopropenyl-α,α-dimethylbenzyl isocyanate, methacryloxyisocyanate, allyl isocyanate, and 1,1-(bisacryloxymethyl)ethyl isocyanate; acrylonitrile monoisocyanate compounds obtained by reacting diisocyanate compounds or polyisocyanate compounds with hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate; and acrylonitrile monoisocyanate compounds obtained by reacting diisocyanate compounds or polyisocyanate compounds, polyol compounds, and hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, etc.

在這些之中,前述能量線硬化性化合物(a12)較佳為異氰酸2-甲基丙烯醯氧基乙酯。 Of these, the aforementioned energy line hardening compound (a12) is preferably 2-methylacryloxyethyl isocyanate.

構成前述丙烯酸樹脂(a1-1)之前述能量線硬化性化合物(a12)可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,當為2種以上的情況,那些能量線硬化性化合物(a12)的組合及比率能夠任意地選擇。 The energy-curing compound (a12) constituting the aforementioned acrylic resin (a1-1) may be a single compound or two or more compounds. When there are two or more compounds, the combination and ratio of those energy-curing compounds (a12) can be arbitrarily selected.

前述丙烯酸樹脂(a1-1)中,源自前述能量線硬化性化合物(a12)之能量線硬化性基的含量相對於源自前述丙烯酸聚合物(a11)之前述官能基的含量之比例較佳為20莫耳%至120莫耳%,更佳為35莫耳%至100莫耳%,特佳為50莫耳%至100莫耳%。藉由前述含量之比例在這樣的範圍,能量線硬化性保護膜形成膜的硬化物的接著力會變得更大。另外,當前述能量線硬化性化合物(a12)為一官能(在1分子中具有1個前述基)化合物的情況,前述含量之比例的上限值成為100莫耳%,但當前述能量線硬化性化合物(a12)為多官能(在1分子中具有2個以上前述基)化合物的情況,前述含量之比例的上限值有時會超過100莫耳%。 In the aforementioned acrylic resin (a1-1), the content of the energy-curing group derived from the aforementioned energy-curing compound (a12) relative to the content of the aforementioned functional groups derived from the aforementioned acrylic polymer (a11) is preferably 20 mol% to 120 mol%, more preferably 35 mol% to 100 mol%, and particularly preferably 50 mol% to 100 mol%. With the aforementioned content within this range, the adhesion of the cured material formed by the energy-curing protective film becomes greater. Furthermore, when the aforementioned energy-curing compound (a12) is a single-functional compound (having one of the aforementioned groups in one molecule), the upper limit of the aforementioned content is 100 mol%, but when the aforementioned energy-curing compound (a12) is a multifunctional compound (having two or more of the aforementioned groups in one molecule), the upper limit of the aforementioned content sometimes exceeds 100 mol%.

前述聚合物(a1)的重量平均分子量(Mw)較佳為100000至2000000,更佳為300000至1500000。 The weight-average molecular weight (Mw) of the aforementioned polymer (a1) is preferably from 100,000 to 2,000,000, more preferably from 300,000 to 1,500,000.

組成物(IV)及能量線硬化性保護膜形成膜所含有之前述聚合物(a1)可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,當為2種以上的情況,那些聚合物(a1)的組合及比率能夠任意地選擇。 The aforementioned polymer (a1) contained in the component (IV) and the energy line hardening protective film can be only one type or two or more types. When there are two or more types, the combination and ratio of those polymers (a1) can be arbitrarily selected.

[具有能量線硬化性基且分子量為100至80000之化合物(a2)] [Compounds with energy-line hardening groups and molecular weights ranging from 100 to 80,000 (a2)]

作為具有能量線硬化性基且分子量為100至80000之化合物(a2)中的前述能量線硬化性基可舉出包含能量線硬化性雙鍵之基,作為較佳的前述能量線硬化性基可舉出:(甲基)丙烯醯基、乙烯基等。 Examples of energy-line hardening groups in compounds (a2) having an energy-line hardening group and a molecular weight of 100 to 80,000 include groups containing energy-line hardening double bonds; preferred examples include (meth)acrylic acid groups, vinyl groups, etc.

前述化合物(a2)只要滿足上述的條件則並無特別限定,可舉出:具有能量線硬化性基之低分子量化合物、具有能量線硬化性基之環氧樹脂、具有能量線硬化性基之酚樹脂等。 The aforementioned compound (a2) is not particularly limited as long as it meets the above conditions, and examples include: low molecular weight compounds with energy-line hardening groups, epoxy resins with energy-line hardening groups, and phenolic resins with energy-line hardening groups.

前述化合物(a2)之中,作為具有能量線硬化性基之低分子量化合物例如可舉出多官能之單體或低聚物等,較佳為具有(甲基)丙烯醯基之丙烯酸酯系化合物。 Among the aforementioned compound (a2), low molecular weight compounds having energy line hardening groups include, for example, multifunctional monomers or oligomers, and preferably acrylate compounds having (meth)acrylic groups.

作為前述丙烯酸酯系化合物,例如可舉出於「國際公開第2017-188197號」的段落[0195]等所記載之化合物。 Examples of the aforementioned acrylate compounds include, for instance, those described in paragraph [0195] of International Patent Publication No. 2017-188197.

前述化合物(a2)之中,作為具有能量線硬化性基之環氧樹脂、具有能量線硬化性基之酚樹脂例如能夠使用「日本特開2013-194102號公報」的段落[0043]等所記載之樹脂。這種樹脂雖然亦相當於構成後述之熱硬化性成分之樹脂,但在組成物(IV)中是作為前述化合物(a2)來使用。 Among the aforementioned compound (a2), epoxy resins having energy-curing groups and phenolic resins having energy-curing groups, such as those described in paragraph [0043] of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2013-194102, can be used. Although such resins are also equivalent to the resins constituting the thermosetting components described later, they are used as compound (a2) in composition (IV).

前述化合物(a2)的重量平均分子量較佳為100至30000,更佳為300至10000。 The weight-average molecular weight of the aforementioned compound (a2) is preferably from 100 to 30,000, more preferably from 300 to 10,000.

組成物(IV)及能量線硬化性保護膜形成膜所含有之前述化合物(a2)可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,當為2種以上的情況,那些化合物(a2)的組合及比率能夠任意地選擇。 The aforementioned compound (a2) contained in component (IV) and the energy line hardening protective film can be only one type or two or more types. When there are two or more types, the combination and ratio of those compounds (a2) can be arbitrarily selected.

[不具有能量線硬化性基之聚合物(b)] [Polymers without energy line hardening groups (b)]

當組成物(IV)及能量線硬化性保護膜形成膜含有前述化合物(a2)作為前述能量線硬化性成分(a)的情況,較佳為進而也含有不具有能量線硬化性基之聚合物(b)。 When the composition (IV) and the energy line hardening protective film forming film contain the aforementioned compound (a2) as the aforementioned energy line hardening component (a), it is preferable that it also contains a polymer (b) that does not have an energy line hardening group.

作為不具有能量線硬化性基之聚合物(b)例如可舉出:丙烯酸聚合物、苯氧基樹脂、胺基甲酸酯樹脂、聚酯、橡膠系樹脂、丙烯酸胺基甲酸酯樹脂等。 Examples of polymers (b) that do not possess energy-line hardening groups include: acrylic polymers, phenoxy resins, urethane resins, polyesters, rubber-based resins, and urethane acrylate resins.

在這些之中,前述聚合物(b)較佳為丙烯酸聚合物(以下,有時簡稱為「丙烯酸聚合物(b-1)」)。 Of these, polymer (b) is preferably an acrylic polymer (hereinafter, sometimes simply referred to as "acrylic polymer (b-1)").

作為丙烯酸聚合物(b-1),例如可舉出與上述的聚合物成分(A)相同的丙烯酸聚合物。不過,丙烯酸聚合物(b-1)不具有能量線硬化性基。 As for the acrylic polymer (b-1), an example of an acrylic polymer identical to the polymer component (A) described above can be cited. However, the acrylic polymer (b-1) does not possess energy line hardening groups.

當前述聚合物(b)具有縮水甘油基、羥基、取代胺基、羧基、胺基等之官能基的情況,前述聚合物(b)亦可藉由交聯劑進行交聯。 When the aforementioned polymer (b) has functional groups such as glycidyl, hydroxyl, substituted amine, carboxyl, or amine, the aforementioned polymer (b) can also be crosslinked using a crosslinking agent.

前述官能基係依前述交聯劑的種類等適當選擇即可,並無特別限定。例如,當交聯劑為多異氰酸酯化合物的情況,作為前述官能基可舉出羥基、羧基、胺基等,在這些之中,較佳為與異氰酸酯基的反應性高之羥基。又,當交聯劑為環氧系化合物的情況,作為前述官能基可舉出羧基、胺基等,在這些之中,較佳為與環氧基的反應性高之羧基。不過,就防止晶圓或晶片的電路的腐蝕這一點而言,前述官能基較佳為羧基以外的基。 The aforementioned functional groups can be appropriately selected according to the type of crosslinking agent, and there are no particular limitations. For example, when the crosslinking agent is a polyisocyanate compound, hydroxyl, carboxyl, and amino groups can be used as the aforementioned functional groups, among which hydroxyl groups, which have high reactivity with isocyanate groups, are preferred. Similarly, when the crosslinking agent is an epoxy compound, carboxyl and amino groups can be used as the aforementioned functional groups, among which carboxyl groups, which have high reactivity with epoxy groups, are preferred. However, for the purpose of preventing corrosion of the circuitry on the wafer or chip, the aforementioned functional groups are preferably groups other than carboxyl groups.

組成物(IV)及能量線硬化性保護膜形成膜所含有之不具有能量線硬化性基之聚合物(b)可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,當為2種以上的情況,那些不具有能量線硬化性基之聚合物(b)的組合及比率能夠任意地選擇。 The polymer (b) without energy-line hardening groups contained in component (IV) and the energy-line hardening protective film can be only one type or two or more types. When there are two or more types, the combination and ratio of those polymers (b) without energy-line hardening groups can be arbitrarily selected.

作為組成物(IV)可舉出含有前述聚合物(a1)及前述化合物(a2)中的任一種或兩種之組成物。並且,當組成物(IV)含有前述化合物(a2)的情況,較佳為進而也含有不具有能量線硬化性基之聚合物(b),這種情況,亦佳為進而含 有前述聚合物(a1)。又,組成物(IV)亦可不含有前述化合物(a2),且一併含有前述聚合物(a1)及不具有能量線硬化性基之聚合物(b)。 Composition (IV) may include compositions containing any one or both of the aforementioned polymer (a1) and compound (a2). Furthermore, when composition (IV) contains compound (a2), it is preferable that it also contains a polymer (b) without a line-hardening group; in this case, it is also preferable that it contains the aforementioned polymer (a1). Alternatively, composition (IV) may not contain compound (a2) and may contain both the aforementioned polymer (a1) and polymer (b) without a line-hardening group.

當組成物(IV)含有前述聚合物(a1)、前述化合物(a2)、及不具有能量線硬化性基之聚合物(b)的情況,組成物(IV)中,相對於前述聚合物(a1)及不具有能量線硬化性基之聚合物(b)的總含量100質量份,前述化合物(a2)的含量較佳為10質量份至400質量份,更佳為30質量份至350質量份。 When composition (IV) contains the aforementioned polymer (a1), the aforementioned compound (a2), and a polymer (b) without a line-hardening group, the content of the aforementioned compound (a2) in composition (IV) is preferably 10 to 400 parts by mass, more preferably 30 to 350 parts by mass, relative to 100 parts by mass of the total content of the aforementioned polymer (a1) and the polymer (b) without a line-hardening group.

能量線硬化性保護膜形成膜中,前述能量線硬化性成分(a)及不具有能量線硬化性基之聚合物(b)的合計含量相對於能量線硬化性保護膜形成膜的總質量之比例較佳為5質量%至90質量%,更佳為10質量%至80質量%,特佳為20質量%至70質量%。藉由前述比例在這樣的範圍,能量線硬化性保護膜形成膜的造膜性、可撓性及能量線硬化性會變得更良好。 In the energy-line curable protective film forming membrane, the total content of the aforementioned energy-line curable component (a) and the polymer (b) without energy-line curable groups, relative to the total mass of the energy-line curable protective film forming membrane, is preferably 5% to 90% by mass, more preferably 10% to 80% by mass, and particularly preferably 20% to 70% by mass. Within this range, the film-forming properties, flexibility, and energy-line curing properties of the energy-line curable protective film forming membrane are improved.

組成物(IV)除了含有能量線硬化性成分(a)以外,亦可依目的而含有選自由熱硬化性成分、填充材、偶合劑、交聯劑、光聚合起始劑、著色劑及通用添加劑所組成之群組中1種或2種以上。 In addition to the energy-curing component (a), composition (IV) may, depending on its purpose, contain one or more of the following: selected from the group consisting of thermosetting components, fillers, coupling agents, crosslinking agents, photopolymerization initiators, colorants, and general additives.

作為組成物(IV)之中的前述熱硬化性成分、填充材、偶合劑、交聯劑、光聚合起始劑、著色劑及通用添加劑,可舉出各自與組成物(III)之中的熱硬化性成分(B)、填充材(D)、偶合劑(E)、交聯劑(F)、光聚合起始劑(H)、著色劑(I)及通用添加劑(J)相同的成分。 The aforementioned thermosetting components, fillers, coupling agents, crosslinking agents, photopolymerization initiators, colorants, and general additives in composition (IV) may include components that are identical to those in composition (III) such as thermosetting component (B), filler (D), coupling agent (E), crosslinking agent (F), photopolymerization initiator (H), colorant (I), and general additive (J).

含有這些成分的能量線硬化性保護膜形成膜可發揮與含有這些成分的熱硬化性保護膜形成膜相同的效果。 Energy-curing protective films containing these components can achieve the same effects as thermosetting protective films containing these components.

尤其是光聚合起始劑使得能量線硬化的反應有效率地進行,故能量線硬化性保護膜形成膜較佳為含有光聚合起始劑。 In particular, photopolymerization initiators enable the energy line hardening reaction to proceed efficiently; therefore, energy line hardening protective films preferably contain photopolymerization initiators.

組成物(IV)中,前述熱硬化性成分、填充材、偶合劑、交聯劑、光聚合起始劑、著色劑及通用添加劑分別可單獨使用1種,亦可併用2種以上,當併用2種以上的情況,那些成分的組合及比率能夠任意地選擇。 In composition (IV), the aforementioned thermosetting component, filler, coupling agent, crosslinking agent, photopolymerization initiator, colorant, and general additive may each be used individually or in combination of two or more. When two or more are used, the combination and ratio of these components can be arbitrarily selected.

組成物(IV)之中的前述熱硬化性成分、填充材、偶合劑、交聯劑、光聚合起始劑、著色劑及通用添加劑的含量依目的適當調節即可,並無特別限定。 The content of the aforementioned thermosetting components, fillers, coupling agents, crosslinking agents, photopolymerization initiators, colorants, and general additives in composition (IV) may be adjusted appropriately according to the purpose, and there are no particular limitations.

組成物(IV)就藉由稀釋而使操作性提升而言,較佳為進而含有溶媒。 In terms of improving operability through dilution, component (IV) preferably contains a solvent.

作為組成物(IV)所含有之溶媒,例如可舉出與組成物(III)之中的溶媒相同的溶媒。 As for the solvent contained in component (IV), examples include solvents identical to those in component (III).

組成物(IV)所含有之溶媒可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上。 The solvent contained in component (IV) may be only one type or may be two or more types.

組成物(IV)的溶媒的含量並無特別限定,例如依照溶媒以外的成分的種類適當選擇即可。 There are no particular limitations on the solvent content of component (IV); for example, it can be appropriately selected based on the types of components other than the solvent.

[能量線硬化性保護膜形成用組成物(IV)之製造方法] [Manufacturing Method of Component (IV) for Forming Energy Line Hardening Protective Film]

組成物(IV)可藉由調配用以構成該組成物(IV)之各成分而獲得。 Composition (IV) can be obtained by formulating the components used to constitute composition (IV).

能量線硬化性保護膜形成用組成物例如除了在調配成分的種類不同這一點以外,可利用與先前說明之熱硬化性保護膜形成用組成物的情況相同的方法來製造。 The composition for forming an energy line curable protective film can be manufactured using the same method as the previously described composition for forming a thermosetting protective film, except for the difference in the types of formulations.

◎非硬化性保護膜形成膜 ◎Non-hardening protective film formation

作為較佳的非硬化性保護膜形成膜,例如可舉出含有熱塑性樹脂及填充材之非硬化性保護膜形成膜。 As a preferred type of non-curing protective film forming film, an example is a non-curing protective film forming film containing thermoplastic resins and fillers.

[非硬化性保護膜形成用組成物(V)] [Component for forming non-hardening protective films (V)]

作為較佳的非硬化性保護膜形成用組成物,例如可舉出含有前述熱塑性樹脂及填充材之非硬化性保護膜形成用組成物(V)(本說明書中,有時僅簡稱為「組成物(V)」)等。 As a preferred composition for forming a non-curing protective film, examples include composition (V) containing the aforementioned thermoplastic resin and filler (sometimes referred to simply as "composition (V)" in this specification).

[熱塑性樹脂] [Thermoplastic resin]

前述熱塑性樹脂沒有特別限定。 The aforementioned thermoplastic resins are not specifically limited.

作為前述熱塑性樹脂,更具體而言例如可舉出與作為上述的組成物(III)之含有成分所舉出的丙烯酸樹脂、聚酯、聚胺基甲酸酯、苯氧基樹脂、聚丁烯、聚丁二烯、聚苯乙烯等之並非硬化性的樹脂相同的熱塑性樹脂。 As for the aforementioned thermoplastic resins, more specifically, examples include non-curing thermoplastic resins such as acrylic resins, polyesters, polyurethanes, phenoxy resins, polybutene, polybutadiene, and polystyrene, which are included as components of composition (III) above.

組成物(V)及非硬化性保護膜形成膜所含有之前述熱塑性樹脂可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,當為2種以上的情況,那些熱塑性樹脂的組合及比率能夠任意地選擇。 The thermoplastic resin contained in the composition (V) and the non-curing protective film can be one type or two or more types. When there are two or more types, the combination and ratio of those thermoplastic resins can be arbitrarily selected.

非硬化性保護膜形成膜中,前述熱塑性樹脂的含量相對於非硬化性保護膜形成膜的總質量之比例較佳為25質量%至75質量%。 In the non-curing protective film forming film, the content of the aforementioned thermoplastic resin relative to the total mass of the non-curing protective film forming film is preferably 25% to 75% by mass.

[填充材] [Filling Material]

含有填充材之非硬化性保護膜形成膜發揮與含有填充材(D)之熱硬化性保護膜形成膜相同的效果。 The non-curing protective film containing filler forms a film that exhibits the same effect as the thermosetting protective film containing filler (D).

作為組成物(V)及非硬化性保護膜形成膜所含有之填充材,可舉出與組成物(III)及熱硬化性保護膜形成膜所含有之填充材(D)相同的填充材。 As fillers contained in composition (V) and the non-curing protective film forming film, examples can be made of fillers identical to those contained in composition (III) and the thermosetting protective film forming film (D).

組成物(V)及非硬化性保護膜形成膜所含有之填充材可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,當為2種以上的情況,那些填充材的組合及比率能夠任意地選擇。 The filler contained in the composition (V) and the non-curing protective film can be one type or two or more types. When there are two or more types, the combination and ratio of those fillers can be arbitrarily selected.

非硬化性保護膜形成膜中,填充材的含量相對於非硬化性保護膜形成膜的總質量之比例較佳為25質量%至75質量%。藉由前述比例在這樣的範圍,與使用組成物(III)的情況相同,變得更容易調節非硬化性保護膜形成膜及保護膜的熱膨脹係數。 In the non-curing protective film forming film, the filler content relative to the total mass of the non-curing protective film forming film is preferably 25% to 75% by mass. Within this range, as with the use of component (III), it becomes easier to adjust the coefficient of thermal expansion of the non-curing protective film forming film and the protective film.

組成物(V)除了含有前述熱塑性樹脂及填充材以外,亦可依目的而含有其他成分。 In addition to the aforementioned thermoplastic resins and fillers, composition (V) may also contain other components depending on its purpose.

前述其他成分沒有特別限定,能夠依目的任意地選擇。 The other ingredients mentioned above are not particularly limited and can be chosen arbitrarily according to the purpose.

例如,藉由使用含有前述熱塑性樹脂及著色劑之組成物(V),所形成的非硬化性保護膜形成膜及保護膜展現出與先前說明之熱硬化性保護膜形成膜含有著色劑(I)的情況相同的效果。 For example, by using a composition (V) containing the aforementioned thermoplastic resin and colorant, the formed non-curing protective film and protective film exhibit the same effect as the previously described thermosetting protective film containing colorant (I).

組成物(V)中,前述其他成分可單獨使用1種,亦可併用2種以上,當併用2種以上的情況,那些其他成分的組合及比率能夠任意地選擇。 In composition (V), the aforementioned other components may be used individually or in combination of two or more. When two or more are used, the combination and ratio of those other components can be arbitrarily selected.

組成物(V)之前述其他成分的含量依目的適當調節即可,並無特別限定。 The content of the other components mentioned above in composition (V) can be adjusted appropriately according to the intended purpose, and there are no particular limitations.

組成物(V)就藉由稀釋而使操作性提升而言,較佳為進而含有溶媒。 In terms of improving operability through dilution, component (V) preferably contains a solvent.

作為組成物(V)所含有之溶媒,例如可舉出與上述的組成物(III)之中的溶媒相同的溶媒。 As for the solvent contained in composition (V), examples include solvents identical to those in composition (III) described above.

組成物(V)所含有之溶媒可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上。 The solvent contained in component (V) may be only one type or may be two or more types.

組成物(V)的溶媒的含量並無特別限定,例如依照溶媒以外的成分的種類適當選擇即可。 There is no particular limitation on the solvent content of component (V); for example, it can be appropriately selected according to the types of components other than the solvent.

[非硬化性保護膜形成用組成物(V)之製造方法] [Method for manufacturing a non-hardening protective film forming component (V)]

組成物(V)可藉由調配用以構成該組成物(V)之各成分而獲得。 Composition (V) can be obtained by blending the components used to constitute composition (V).

非硬化性保護膜形成用組成物例如除了在調配成分的種類不同這一點以外,可利用與先前說明之熱硬化性保護膜形成用組成物的情況相同的方法來製造。 Non-curable protective film forming components, for example, can be manufactured using the same method as the previously described thermosetting protective film forming components, except for the difference in the types of formulations.

◎保護膜形成膜之例 ◎Examples of protective film formation

圖1為示意地表示本實施形態之保護膜形成膜之一例的剖面圖。另外,以下之說明所使用之圖,為了易於理解本發明的特徵,方便起見,有將成為主要部分之部分放大來表示的情況,各構成要素的尺寸比率等未必與實際相同。 Figure 1 is a schematic cross-sectional view illustrating one example of a protective film forming membrane according to this embodiment. Furthermore, for ease of understanding of the features of this invention, the figures used in the following description may show enlarged portions of the main components; the dimensional ratios of the constituent elements may not be identical to the actual dimensions.

此處所示之保護膜形成膜13在其一側的面(本說明書中,有時稱為「第1面」)13a上具備有第1剝離膜151,並在與前述第1面13a為相反側的另一面(本說明書中,有時稱為「第2面」)13b上具備有第2剝離膜152。 The protective film forming film 13 shown here has a first peeling film 151 on one side (sometimes referred to as the "first side" in this specification) 13a, and a second peeling film 152 on the opposite side (sometimes referred to as the "second side" in this specification) 13b.

這樣的保護膜形成膜13例如適於以輥狀來保存。 Such a protective film, forming film 13, is suitable for preservation, for example, in a roller shape.

使用保護膜形成膜13進行了前述拉伸試驗時,前述應變(0.1N/mm2)為0.5%以上,前述應變(0.6N/mm2)為200%以下。 When the aforementioned tensile test was performed using the protective film to form the film 13, the aforementioned strain (0.1 N/ mm² ) was 0.5% or more, and the aforementioned strain (0.6 N/ mm² ) was 200% or less.

保護膜形成膜13能夠使用上述的保護膜形成用組成物來形成。 The protective film forming film 13 can be formed using the above-described protective film forming composition.

第1剝離膜151及第2剝離膜152皆可以是公知的剝離膜。 Both the first exfoliating membrane 151 and the second exfoliating membrane 152 can be known exfoliating membranes.

第1剝離膜151及第2剝離膜152可以互相相同亦可互相不同(例如,自保護膜形成膜13剝離時所需要的剝離力互相不同等)。 The first peeling membrane 151 and the second peeling membrane 152 may be identical or different from each other (for example, the peeling forces required for the self-protective membrane forming membrane 13 to peel off may be different, etc.).

關於圖1所示之保護膜形成膜13,第1剝離膜151及第2剝離膜152之中任一者被移除所產生的露出面會成為朝晶圓(省略圖示)的內面之貼附面。然後,在使用後述之支撐片或切割片的情況,第1剝離膜151及第2剝離膜152之剩 下的另一者被移除所產生之保護膜形成膜13的露出面會成為前述支撐片或切割片的貼附面。 Regarding the protective film 13 shown in Figure 1, the exposed surface resulting from the removal of either the first release film 151 or the second release film 152 becomes the attachment surface facing the inner surface of the wafer (not shown). Then, in the case of using the support sheet or dicing sheet described later, the exposed surface of the protective film 13 resulting from the removal of the remaining one of the first release film 151 and the second release film 152 becomes the attachment surface of the aforementioned support sheet or dicing sheet.

圖1中,雖然是顯示剝離膜被設置在保護膜形成膜13的兩面(第1面13a、第2面13b)之例,但剝離膜亦可僅設置在保護膜形成膜13中任一側的面、亦即僅設置在第1面13a或僅設置在第2面13b。 Figure 1 shows an example where the peeling membrane is disposed on both sides (first side 13a, second side 13b) of the protective film forming membrane 13. However, the peeling membrane may also be disposed on only one side of the protective film forming membrane 13, that is, only on the first side 13a or only on the second side 13b.

作為本實施形態之較佳的保護膜形成膜之一例,可舉出一種保護膜形成膜,進行了拉伸試驗(將作為複數片的前述保護膜形成膜的積層物之試驗片以2處取出30mm的間隔來保持,於前述2處之間在相對於前述試驗片的表面為平行的方向上,以速度1000mm/min拉伸前述試驗片,測定在前述試驗片所產生的應力、及前述試驗片在該拉伸方向上的應變)時,在前述應力最初成為0.1N/mm2時的前述應變為0.5%以上,在前述應力最初成為0.6N/mm2時的前述應變為200%以下;前述保護膜形成膜為熱硬化性;前述保護膜形成膜含有:聚合物成分(A)、環氧樹脂(B1)、熱硬化劑(B2)及填充材(D);前述聚合物成分(A)為丙烯酸樹脂,前述丙烯酸樹脂為具有從(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯所衍生而成的構成單元,且前述(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯中構成烷基酯之烷基的碳數為6以上,且前述烷基為鏈狀結構之丙烯酸樹脂,或者為具有從丙烯腈所衍生而成的構成單元之丙烯酸樹脂;前述保護膜形成膜中,前述聚合物成分(A)的含量相對於前述保護膜形成膜的總質量之比例為10質量%至85質量%、15質量%至70質量%、15質量%至55質量%、15質量%至40質量%、25質量%至70質量%、以及30質量%至60質量%之中任一種;前述保護膜形成膜中,相對於前述環氧樹脂(B1)的含量100質量份,前述熱硬化劑(B2)的含量為0.1質量份至100質量份、0.5質量份至50質量份、0.5質量份至25質量份、0.5質量份至10質量份、以及0.5質量份至5質量份之 中任一種;前述保護膜形成膜中,相對於前述聚合物成分(A)、環氧樹脂(B1)及熱硬化劑(B2)的總含量100質量份,前述環氧樹脂(B1)及熱硬化劑(B2)的總含量為10質量份至70質量份、20質量份至60質量份、25質量份至50質量份、以及30質量份至45質量份之中任一種;前述保護膜形成膜中,前述填充材(D)的含量相對於前述保護膜形成膜的總質量之比例為15質量%至70質量%、25質量%至70質量%、35質量%至70質量%、45質量%至70質量%、50質量%至70質量%、55質量%至70質量%、15質量%至60質量%、以及15質量%至55質量%之中任一種;其中,前述保護膜形成膜中,前述聚合物成分(A)、環氧樹脂(B1)、熱硬化劑(B2)及填充材(D)的合計含量相對於前述保護膜形成膜的總質量之比例不超過100質量%。 As an example of a preferred protective film forming film of this embodiment, a protective film forming film was subjected to a tensile test (a test piece of the aforementioned protective film forming film laminate, which is a plurality of sheets, was held with two sections spaced 30 mm apart, and the test piece was stretched at a speed of 1000 mm/min in a direction parallel to the surface of the test piece between the two sections, and the stress generated in the test piece and the strain of the test piece in the tensile direction were measured). When the stress initially reached 0.1 N/ mm² , the strain was 0.5% or more, and when the stress initially reached 0.6 N/mm², the strain was... The aforementioned strain at time 2 is less than 200%; the aforementioned protective film forming film is thermosetting; the aforementioned protective film forming film contains: polymer component (A), epoxy resin (B1), thermosetting agent (B2), and filler (D); the aforementioned polymer component (A) is acrylic resin, the aforementioned acrylic resin having a constituent unit derived from (meth)acrylate alkyl ester, and the alkyl group constituting the alkyl ester in the aforementioned (meth)acrylate alkyl ester has 6 or more carbon atoms, and the aforementioned alkyl group is a chain structure acrylic resin, or an acrylic resin having a constituent unit derived from acrylonitrile; In the protective film forming membrane, the content of the aforementioned polymer component (A) relative to the total mass of the aforementioned protective film forming membrane is any one of 10% to 85% by mass, 15% to 70% by mass, 15% to 55% by mass, 15% to 40% by mass, 25% to 70% by mass, and 30% to 60% by mass; in the aforementioned protective film forming membrane, relative to 100 parts by mass of the aforementioned epoxy resin (B1), the content of the aforementioned thermosetting agent (B2) is 0.1 parts by mass to 100 parts by mass, 0.5 parts by mass to 50 parts by mass, 0.5 parts by mass, and 0.5 parts by mass. The amount of the protective film formed is from 25 parts by weight, 0.5 parts by weight to 10 parts by weight, and 0.5 parts by weight to 5 parts by weight; in the aforementioned protective film forming film, relative to the total content of the aforementioned polymer component (A), epoxy resin (B1) and thermosetting agent (B2) of 100 parts by weight, the total content of the aforementioned epoxy resin (B1) and thermosetting agent (B2) is from 10 parts by weight to 70 parts by weight, 20 parts by weight to 60 parts by weight, 25 parts by weight to 50 parts by weight, and 30 parts by weight to 45 parts by weight; in the aforementioned protective film forming film, the content of the aforementioned filler (D) is relative to the aforementioned The proportion of the total mass of the protective film forming film is any one of 15% to 70%, 25% to 70%, 35% to 70%, 45% to 70%, 50% to 70%, 55% to 70%, 15% to 60%, and 15% to 55%; wherein, in the aforementioned protective film forming film, the total content of the aforementioned polymer component (A), epoxy resin (B1), thermosetting agent (B2) and filler (D) relative to the total mass of the aforementioned protective film forming film does not exceed 100% by mass.

這樣的保護膜形成膜中任一側的面或兩面的表面粗糙度(Ra)可為未達300nm、未達100nm、未達50nm、未達40nm、以及未達38nm之中任一種。 The surface roughness (Ra) of any one or both sides of this protective film can be any of the following: less than 300 nm, less than 100 nm, less than 50 nm, less than 40 nm, and less than 38 nm.

作為本實施形態之較佳的保護膜形成膜之其他例,可舉出一種保護膜形成膜,進行了拉伸試驗(將作為複數片的前述保護膜形成膜的積層物之試驗片以2處取出30mm的間隔來保持,於前述2處之間在相對於前述試驗片的表面為平行的方向上,以速度1000mm/min拉伸前述試驗片,測定在前述試驗片所產生的應力、及前述試驗片在該拉伸方向上的應變)時,在前述應力最初成為0.1N/mm2時的前述應變為0.5%以上,在前述應力最初成為0.6N/mm2時的前述應變為200%以下;前述保護膜形成膜為熱硬化性;前述保護膜形成膜含有:聚合物成分(A)、環氧樹脂(B1)、熱硬化劑(B2)及填充材(D);前述聚合物成分(A)為丙烯酸樹脂,前述丙烯酸樹脂具有從(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯所衍生而成的構成單元,且前述(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯中構成烷基酯之烷基的碳數為6以上,且前述烷基為 鏈狀結構,且從前述(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯所衍生而成的構成單元的量相對於構成前述丙烯酸樹脂的構成單元的總量之比例為50質量%至75質量%,或者,前述丙烯酸樹脂具有從丙烯腈所衍生而成的構成單元,且前述從丙烯腈所衍生而成的構成單元的量相對於構成前述丙烯酸樹脂的構成單元的總量之比例為15質量%至45質量%;前述保護膜形成膜中,前述聚合物成分(A)的含量相對於前述保護膜形成膜的總質量之比例為10質量%至85質量%、15質量%至70質量%、15質量%至55質量%、15質量%至40質量%、25質量%至70質量%、以及30質量%至60質量%之中任一種;前述保護膜形成膜中,相對於前述環氧樹脂(B1)的含量100質量份,前述熱硬化劑(B2)的含量為0.1質量份至100質量份、0.5質量份至50質量份、0.5質量份至25質量份、0.5質量份至10質量份、以及0.5質量份至5質量份之中任一種;前述保護膜形成膜中,相對於前述聚合物成分(A)、環氧樹脂(B1)及熱硬化劑(B2)的總含量100質量份,前述環氧樹脂(B1)及熱硬化劑(B2)的總含量為10質量份至70質量份、20質量份至60質量份、25質量份至50質量份、以及30質量份至45質量份之中任一種;前述保護膜形成膜中,前述填充材(D)的含量相對於前述保護膜形成膜的總質量之比例為15質量%至70質量%、25質量%至70質量%、35質量%至70質量%、45質量%至70質量%、50質量%至70質量%、55質量%至70質量%、15質量%至60質量%、以及15質量%至55質量%之中任一種;其中,前述保護膜形成膜中,前述聚合物成分(A)、環氧樹脂(B1)、熱硬化劑(B2)及填充材(D)的合計含量相對於前述保護膜形成膜的總質量之比例不超過100質量%。 As another example of a preferred protective film forming film of this embodiment, a protective film forming film was subjected to a tensile test (a test piece of the aforementioned protective film forming film stack, which consists of multiple sheets, was held with two sections spaced 30 mm apart, and the test piece was stretched at a speed of 1000 mm/min in a direction parallel to the surface of the test piece between the two sections, and the stress generated in the test piece and the strain of the test piece in the tensile direction were measured). When the stress initially reached 0.1 N/ mm² , the strain was 0.5% or more, and when the stress initially reached 0.6 N/mm², the strain was... The aforementioned strain at time 2 is less than 200%; the aforementioned protective film forming film is thermosetting; the aforementioned protective film forming film contains: polymer component (A), epoxy resin (B1), thermosetting agent (B2), and filler (D); the aforementioned polymer component (A) is acrylic resin, the aforementioned acrylic resin has a constituent unit derived from alkyl (meth)acrylate, and the alkyl group constituting the alkyl ester in the aforementioned (meth)acrylate has 6 or more carbon atoms, and the aforementioned alkyl group has a chain structure, and the amount of the constituent unit derived from the aforementioned (meth)acrylate relative to the total amount of the constituent units constituting the aforementioned acrylic resin is 50% to 75% by mass. Alternatively, the aforementioned acrylic resin has constituent units derived from acrylonitrile, and the amount of the aforementioned constituent units derived from acrylonitrile relative to the total amount of constituent units constituting the aforementioned acrylic resin is 15% to 45% by mass; in the aforementioned protective film forming film, the content of the aforementioned polymer component (A) relative to the total mass of the aforementioned protective film forming film is any one of 10% to 85% by mass, 15% to 70% by mass, 15% to 55% by mass, 15% to 40% by mass, 25% to 70% by mass, and 30% to 60% by mass; in the aforementioned protective film forming film, relative to the aforementioned epoxy resin (B1)... The content of the aforementioned thermosetting agent (B2) is 100 parts by weight, and the content of the aforementioned thermosetting agent (B2) is any one of 0.1 parts by weight to 100 parts by weight, 0.5 parts by weight to 50 parts by weight, 0.5 parts by weight to 25 parts by weight, 0.5 parts by weight to 10 parts by weight, and 0.5 parts by weight to 5 parts by weight; in the aforementioned protective film forming film, relative to the total content of the aforementioned polymer component (A), epoxy resin (B1) and thermosetting agent (B2) being 100 parts by weight, the total content of the aforementioned epoxy resin (B1) and thermosetting agent (B2) is any one of 10 parts by weight to 70 parts by weight, 20 parts by weight to 60 parts by weight, 25 parts by weight to 50 parts by weight, and 30 parts by weight to 45 parts by weight. The protective film forming film is wherein the content of the filler (D) relative to the total mass of the protective film forming film is any one of 15% to 70% by mass, 25% to 70% by mass, 35% to 70% by mass, 45% to 70% by mass, 50% to 70% by mass, 55% to 70% by mass, 15% to 60% by mass, and 15% to 55% by mass; wherein the total content of the polymer component (A), epoxy resin (B1), thermosetting agent (B2) and filler (D) relative to the total mass of the protective film forming film is not more than 100% by mass.

當前述丙烯酸樹脂具有前述從丙烯腈所衍生而成的構成單元的情況,前述丙烯酸樹脂亦可進而具有從(甲基)丙烯酸酯所衍生而成的構成單元,此時,前述 從丙烯腈所衍生而成的構成單元的量相對於構成前述丙烯酸樹脂的構成單元的總量之比例可為15質量%至45質量%,前述從(甲基)丙烯酸酯所衍生而成的構成單元的量相對於構成前述丙烯酸樹脂的構成單元的總量之比例可為65質量%至85質量%。 When the aforementioned acrylic resin has the aforementioned constituent units derived from acrylonitrile, the aforementioned acrylic resin may further have constituent units derived from (meth)acrylate. In this case, the proportion of the aforementioned constituent units derived from acrylonitrile to the total amount of constituent units constituting the aforementioned acrylic resin may be 15% to 45% by mass, and the proportion of the aforementioned constituent units derived from (meth)acrylate to the total amount of constituent units constituting the aforementioned acrylic resin may be 65% to 85% by mass.

這樣的保護膜形成膜中任一側的面或兩面的表面粗糙度(Ra)可為未達300nm、未達100nm、未達50nm、未達40nm、以及未達38nm之中任一種。 The surface roughness (Ra) of any one or both sides of this protective film can be any of the following: less than 300 nm, less than 100 nm, less than 50 nm, less than 40 nm, and less than 38 nm.

本實施形態之保護膜形成膜藉由與後述之支撐片併用,可構成能夠一併進行保護膜的形成與切割之保護膜形成用複合片。以下,針對這樣的保護膜形成用複合片進行說明。 The protective film forming film of this embodiment, when used in conjunction with the support sheet described later, can constitute a composite sheet for forming a protective film capable of simultaneously forming and cutting the protective film. The following description pertains to such a composite sheet for forming a protective film.

◇保護膜形成用複合片 ◇Composite sheet for protective film formation

本發明的一實施形態之保護膜形成用複合片係具備:支撐片、以及設置於前述支撐片之一側的面上的保護膜形成膜;前述保護膜形成膜為上述之本發明的一實施形態之保護膜形成膜。 One embodiment of the present invention, a composite sheet for forming a protective film, comprises: a support sheet, and a protective film forming film disposed on one side of the support sheet; the protective film forming film is the protective film forming film of the aforementioned embodiment of the present invention.

本實施形態之保護膜形成用複合片藉由其中的保護膜形成膜,能夠貼附至晶圓的內面。然後,保護膜形成用複合片中的保護膜形成膜能夠以保持著構成保護膜形成用複合片的狀態、亦即與支撐片為一體地自晶圓的內面進行剝離,以達成再貼附另外準備的保護膜形成用複合片或保護膜形成膜之目的。此時,前述保護膜形成用複合片中的保護膜形成膜如同先前的說明,即使是晶圓的內面粗糙的情況仍正常且容易地剝離,在晶圓之再生適性這點優異。 The protective film forming composite sheet of this embodiment can be attached to the inner surface of a wafer via its protective film forming film. Then, the protective film forming film in the protective film forming composite sheet can be peeled off from the inner surface of the wafer while maintaining its position as a component of the protective film forming composite sheet, i.e., integrally with the support sheet, to achieve the purpose of reattaching another prepared protective film forming composite sheet or protective film. At this time, as previously described, the protective film forming film in the aforementioned protective film forming composite sheet can be peeled off normally and easily even when the inner surface of the wafer is rough, demonstrating excellent wafer remanufacturing adaptability.

本說明書中,即使在保護膜形成膜硬化之後,只要還維持著由支撐片與保護膜形成膜之硬化物而成的積層結構,則將此積層結構體稱為「保護膜形成用複合片」。 In this specification, even after the protective film has hardened, as long as the laminated structure formed by the support sheet and the hardened protective film is maintained, this laminated structure is referred to as a "composite sheet for protective film formation".

以下,針對構成前述保護膜形成用複合片之各層詳細地進行說明。 The following is a detailed description of each layer of the composite sheet constituting the aforementioned protective film formation.

◎支撐片 ◎Supporting tablets

前述支撐片可由1層(單層)所構成,亦可由2層以上之複數層所構成。當支撐片由複數層所構成的情況,這些複數層的構成材料及厚度可相互相同亦可不同,這些複數層的組合只要無損於本發明的效果則沒有特別限定。 The aforementioned support sheet can be composed of a single layer or multiple layers (two or more). When the support sheet is composed of multiple layers, the materials and thicknesses of these multiple layers can be the same or different, and the combination of these multiple layers is not particularly limited as long as it does not impair the effect of the invention.

支撐片可為透明及不透明之中任一種,亦可依目的來著色。 Support sheets can be either transparent or opaque, and can also be colored depending on the intended use.

當保護膜形成膜具有能量線硬化性的情況,支撐片較佳為使能量線穿透。 When the protective film forms a film with energy line hardening properties, the support sheet is preferable to allow the energy line to pass through.

作為支撐片例如可舉出:具備有基材、及設置於前述基材之一側的面上的黏著劑層而成的支撐片;僅由基材所構成之支撐片等。當支撐片具備黏著劑層的情況,在保護膜形成用複合片中,黏著劑層係配置於基材與保護膜形成膜之間。 Examples of support sheets include: a support sheet comprising a substrate and an adhesive layer disposed on one side of the substrate; and a support sheet consisting solely of a substrate. When the support sheet has an adhesive layer, in a composite sheet for forming a protective film, the adhesive layer is disposed between the substrate and the protective film forming film.

當使用具備有基材及黏著劑層之支撐片的情況,在保護膜形成用複合片中,能夠容易地調節支撐片與保護膜形成膜之間的密合性及剝離性。 When using a support sheet having a substrate and an adhesive layer, the adhesion and peelability between the support sheet and the protective film forming film can be easily adjusted in the protective film forming composite sheet.

當使用僅由基材所構成之支撐片的情況,能夠以低成本製造保護膜形成用複合片。 When using a support sheet consisting solely of a substrate, it is possible to manufacture a composite sheet for forming a protective film at a low cost.

以下,按照這樣的支撐片的種類,一邊參照圖式一邊說明本實施形態之保護膜形成用複合片之例。 The following describes examples of composite sheets for forming protective films in this embodiment, with reference to the drawings, according to the types of such support sheets.

◎保護膜形成用複合片之一例 ◎An example of a composite sheet for forming a protective film

圖2為示意地表示本實施形態之保護膜形成用複合片之一例的剖面圖。 Figure 2 is a schematic cross-sectional view illustrating an example of a composite sheet for forming a protective film according to this embodiment.

另外,於圖2之後的圖中,對於已說明之圖所示相同的構成要素,標附與該已說明之圖的情況相同的符號,並省略該構成要素之詳細說明。 Furthermore, in the figures following Figure 2, for the same constituent elements shown in the previously explained figures, the same symbols are used as in the previously explained figures, and detailed descriptions of those constituent elements are omitted.

此處所示之保護膜形成用複合片101係具備支撐片10、以及設置於支撐片10之一側的面(本說明書中,有時稱為「第1面」)10a上的保護膜形成膜13而構成。 The protective film forming composite sheet 101 shown here comprises a support sheet 10 and a protective film forming film 13 disposed on one side of the support sheet 10 (sometimes referred to as the "first side" in this specification) 10a.

支撐片10係具備基材11、以及設置於基材11之一側的面(第1面)11a上的黏著劑層12而構成。保護膜形成用複合片101中,黏著劑層12係配置於基材11與保護膜形成膜13之間。 The support sheet 10 is composed of a substrate 11 and an adhesive layer 12 disposed on one side (first surface) 11a of the substrate 11. In the protective film forming composite sheet 101, the adhesive layer 12 is disposed between the substrate 11 and the protective film forming film 13.

亦即,保護膜形成用複合片101係基材11、黏著劑層12及保護膜形成膜13依序於這些層的厚度方向積層而構成。 That is, the protective film forming composite sheet 101 is formed by sequentially laminating a substrate 11, an adhesive layer 12, and a protective film forming film 13 in the thickness direction of these layers.

支撐片10的第1面10a是和黏著劑層12之與基材11側為相反側之面(本說明書中,有時稱為「第1面」)12a相同。 The first surface 10a of the support sheet 10 is the same as the side of the adhesive layer 12 opposite to the substrate 11 (sometimes referred to as "first surface" in this specification) 12a.

保護膜形成用複合片101係進而在保護膜形成膜13上具備有治具用接著劑層16及剝離膜15。 The protective film forming composite sheet 101 further comprises a jig adhesive layer 16 and a peeling membrane 15 on the protective film forming film 13.

保護膜形成用複合片101中,於黏著劑層12的第1面12a的整面或大致整面係積層有保護膜形成膜13,於保護膜形成膜13之與黏著劑層12側為相反側之面(本說明書中,有時稱為「第1面」)13a的一部份、亦即周緣部附近的區域積層有治具用接著劑層16。並且,於保護膜形成膜13的第1面13a之中,未積層有治具用接著劑層16的區域、及治具用接著劑層16之與保護膜形成膜13側為相反側之面(本說明書中,有時稱為「第1面」)16a積層有剝離膜15。於保護膜形成膜13之與第1面13a為相反側之面(本說明書中,有時稱為「第2面」)13b設置有支撐片10。 In the protective film forming composite sheet 101, a protective film forming film 13 is laminated on the entire or substantially entire surface of the first surface 12a of the adhesive layer 12, and a jig adhesive layer 16 is laminated on a portion of the protective film forming film 13a on the side opposite to the adhesive layer 12 (sometimes referred to as the "first surface" in this specification), that is, in the area near the periphery. Furthermore, in the first surface 13a of the protective film forming film 13, a peeling film 15 is deposited in the area where the fixture adhesive layer 16 is not deposited, and on the side of the fixture adhesive layer 16 opposite to the protective film forming film 13 (sometimes referred to as the "first surface" in this specification) 16a. A support sheet 10 is provided on the side of the protective film forming film 13 opposite to the first surface 13a (sometimes referred to as the "second surface" in this specification) 13b.

不限於保護膜形成用複合片101的情況,在本實施形態之保護膜形成用複合片中,剝離膜(例如,圖2所示之剝離膜15)為任意的構成,本實施形態之保護膜形成用複合片可具備剝離膜,亦可不具備剝離膜。 Not limited to the protective film forming composite sheet 101, in the protective film forming composite sheet of this embodiment, the peeling membrane (e.g., the peeling membrane 15 shown in FIG. 2) has any configuration. The protective film forming composite sheet of this embodiment may or may not have a peeling membrane.

治具用接著劑層16係用以將保護膜形成用複合片101固定於環狀框架等之治具。 The adhesive layer 16 for the fixture is used to fix the protective film forming composite sheet 101 to a ring frame, etc.

治具用接著劑層16例如可具有含有接著劑成分或黏著劑成分之單層結構,亦可具有複數層結構(具備有成為芯材之片、設置於前述片的兩面之含有接著劑成分或黏著劑成分之層)。 The adhesive layer 16 for the fixture may, for example, have a single-layer structure containing adhesive or bonding agent components, or it may have a multi-layer structure (having a sheet as a core material, and layers containing adhesive or bonding agent components disposed on both sides of the aforementioned sheet).

保護膜形成用複合片101係以下述方式使用:在剝離膜15經移除的狀態,於保護膜形成膜13的第1面13a貼附晶圓的內面,進而將治具用接著劑層16的第1面16a貼附於環狀框架等之治具。 The protective film forming composite sheet 101 is used as follows: with the peeling film 15 removed, the inner surface of the wafer is attached to the first surface 13a of the protective film forming film 13, and then the first surface 16a of the adhesive layer 16 is attached to a fixture such as a ring frame.

如同上述,保護膜形成膜13即使是晶圓的內面粗糙的情況,在晶圓之再生適性這點仍優異。 As described above, the protective film 13 maintains excellent wafer regeneration suitability even when the inner surface of the wafer is rough.

圖3為示意地表示本實施形態之保護膜形成用複合片之其他例的剖面圖。 Figure 3 is a schematic cross-sectional view illustrating another example of the composite sheet for forming the protective film according to this embodiment.

此處所示之保護膜形成用複合片102除了在保護膜形成膜的形狀及大小不同,且治具用接著劑層是積層於黏著劑層的第1面而非保護膜形成膜的第1面這一點以外,皆與圖2所示之保護膜形成用複合片101相同。 The protective film forming composite sheet 102 shown here is identical to the protective film forming composite sheet 101 shown in Figure 2, except that the shape and size of the protective film forming film are different, and the adhesive layer for the fixture is deposited on the first surface of the adhesive layer rather than the first surface of the protective film forming film.

更具體而言,保護膜形成用複合片102中,保護膜形成膜23係積層於黏著劑層12的第1面12a之一部份的區域、亦即積層於黏著劑層12的寬度方向(圖3中的左右方向)上的中央側之區域。進而,在黏著劑層12的第1面12a之中,未積層有保護膜形成膜23之區域,從保護膜形成膜23之寬度方向的外側以非接觸來環繞保護膜形成膜23的方式積層有治具用接著劑層16。並且,在保護膜形成膜23之與黏著劑層12側為相反側之面(本說明書中,有時稱為「第1面」)23a及 治具用接著劑層16的第1面16a積層有剝離膜15。於保護膜形成膜23之與第1面23a為相反側之面(本說明書中,有時稱為「第2面」)23b設置有支撐片10。 More specifically, in the protective film forming composite sheet 102, the protective film forming film 23 is deposited on a portion of the first surface 12a of the adhesive layer 12, that is, on the central side of the adhesive layer 12 in the width direction (left-right direction in FIG. 3). Furthermore, in the first surface 12a of the adhesive layer 12, in the area where the protective film forming film 23 is not deposited, a jig adhesive layer 16 is deposited around the protective film forming film 23 from the outer side in the width direction of the protective film forming film 23 in a non-contact manner. Furthermore, a release film 15 is deposited on the side of the protective film forming film 23 opposite to the adhesive layer 12 (sometimes referred to as the "first side" in this specification) 23a and the first side 16a of the fixture adhesive layer 16. A support sheet 10 is provided on the side of the protective film forming film 23 opposite to the first side 23a (sometimes referred to as the "second side" in this specification) 23b.

圖4為示意地表示本實施形態之保護膜形成用複合片之又一其他例的剖面圖。 Figure 4 is a cross-sectional view schematically illustrating yet another example of the composite sheet for forming the protective film according to this embodiment.

此處所示之保護膜形成用複合片103除了在不具備治具用接著劑層16這一點以外,皆與圖3所示之保護膜形成用複合片102相同。 The protective film forming composite sheet 103 shown here is identical to the protective film forming composite sheet 102 shown in FIG. 3, except that it lacks the adhesive layer 16 for the jig.

圖5為示意地表示本實施形態之保護膜形成用複合片之又一其他例的剖面圖。 Figure 5 is a cross-sectional view schematically illustrating yet another example of the composite sheet for forming the protective film according to this embodiment.

此處所示之保護膜形成用複合片104除了在具備支撐片20來代替支撐片10而構成這一點以外,皆與圖2所示之保護膜形成用複合片101相同。 The protective film forming composite sheet 104 shown here is identical to the protective film forming composite sheet 101 shown in FIG. 2, except that it is constructed with a support sheet 20 instead of a support sheet 10.

支撐片20僅由基材11構成。 The support sheet 20 is composed solely of the substrate 11.

亦即,保護膜形成用複合片104係基材11及保護膜形成膜13在這些層的厚度方向上積層而構成。 That is, the protective film forming composite sheet 104 is formed by depositing the substrate 11 and the protective film forming film 13 in the thickness direction of these layers.

支撐片20之一側的面(保護膜形成膜13側之面;第1面)20a係與基材11的第1面11a相同。 One side of the support sheet 20 (the side of the protective film forming film 13; the first side) 20a is identical to the first side 11a of the substrate 11.

本實施形態之保護膜形成用複合片並不限定於圖1至圖5所示之保護膜形成用複合片,亦可在無損於本發明的效果之範圍內,將圖1至圖5所示之保護膜形成用複合片的一部分構成變更或刪除,或者對至此已說明之保護膜形成用複合片進而追加其他構成。 The protective film forming composite sheet of this embodiment is not limited to the protective film forming composite sheets shown in Figures 1 to 5. A portion of the protective film forming composite sheet shown in Figures 1 to 5 may be modified or deleted, or other components may be added to the protective film forming composite sheet described above, without impairing the effects of the invention.

其次,針對構成支撐片的各層進而詳細地說明。 Secondly, each layer that makes up the support sheet will be explained in detail.

○基材 ○Substrate

前述基材為片狀或膜狀,作為前述基材的構成材料例如可舉出各種樹脂。 The aforementioned substrate is in sheet or film form, and various resins can be cited as constituent materials of the aforementioned substrate.

作為前述樹脂例如可舉出:低密度聚乙烯(LDPE;Low Density Polyethylene)、直鏈低密度聚乙烯(LLDPE;Linear Low Density Polyethylene)、高密度聚乙烯(HDPE;High Density Polyethylene)等之聚乙烯;聚丙烯、聚丁烯、聚丁二烯、聚甲基戊烯、降莰烯樹脂等之聚乙烯以外的聚烯烴;乙烯-乙酸乙烯酯共聚物、乙烯-(甲基)丙烯酸共聚物、乙烯-(甲基)丙烯酸酯共聚物、乙烯-降莰烯共聚物等之乙烯系共聚物(使用乙烯作為單體而獲得之共聚物);聚氯乙烯、氯乙烯共聚物等之氯乙烯系樹脂(使用氯乙烯作為單體而獲得之樹脂);聚苯乙烯;聚環烯烴;聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯、聚萘二甲酸乙二酯、聚對苯二甲酸丁二酯、聚間苯二甲酸乙二酯、聚-2,6-萘二甲酸乙二酯、全部構成單元為具有芳香族環式基之全芳香族聚酯等之聚酯;2種以上之前述聚酯之共聚物;聚(甲基)丙烯酸酯;聚胺基甲酸酯;聚丙烯酸胺基甲酸酯;聚醯亞胺;聚醯胺;聚碳酸酯;氟樹脂;聚縮醛;改質聚苯醚;聚苯硫醚;聚碸;聚醚酮等。 Examples of the aforementioned resins include: polyethylene such as low-density polyethylene (LDPE), linear low-density polyethylene (LLDPE), and high-density polyethylene (HDPE); polyolefins other than polyethylene such as polypropylene, polybutene, polybutadiene, polymethylpentene, and noberonine resins; ethylene-based copolymers such as ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer, ethylene-(meth)acrylate copolymer, ethylene-(meth)acrylate copolymer, and ethylene-noberonine copolymer (polymers obtained using ethylene as a monomer); vinyl chloride-based resins such as polyvinyl chloride and vinyl chloride copolymer (resins obtained using vinyl chloride as a monomer); polystyrene... Ethylene; polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons; polyesters such as polyethylene terephthalate, polyethylene naphthalate, polyethylene terephthalate, polyethylene isophthalate, polyethylene 2,6-naphthalate, and fully aromatic polyesters whose constituent units are all aromatic cyclic groups; copolymers of two or more of the aforementioned polyesters; poly(meth)acrylates; polyurethane; polyurethane acrylates; polyimide; polyamide; polycarbonate; fluororesins; polyacetal; modified polyphenylene ether; polyphenylene sulfide; polyetherketone; etc.

又,作為前述樹脂,例如亦可舉出前述聚酯與前述聚酯以外的樹脂之混合物等之聚合物合金。前述聚酯與前述聚酯以外的樹脂之聚合物合金較佳為聚酯以外的樹脂的量為相對較少量。 Furthermore, as the aforementioned resin, examples include polymer alloys such as the aforementioned polyester and mixtures of resins other than polyester. Preferably, in polymer alloys of the aforementioned polyester and resins other than polyester, the amount of resins other than polyester is relatively small.

再者,作為前述樹脂例如亦可舉出:至此已例示之前述樹脂中的1種或2種以上所交聯而成之交聯樹脂;使用至此已例示之前述樹脂中的1種或2種以上之離子聚合物等之改質樹脂。 Furthermore, examples of the aforementioned resins include: crosslinked resins formed by crosslinking one or more of the aforementioned resins; and modified resins using one or more of the aforementioned ionic polymers, etc.

前述樹脂就耐熱性優異這點而言,較佳為聚丙烯或聚對苯二甲酸丁二酯。 Regarding the aforementioned resin's excellent heat resistance, polypropylene or polybutylene terephthalate is preferred.

構成基材之樹脂可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,當為2種以上的情況,那些樹脂的組合及比率能夠任意地選擇。 The resin constituting the substrate can be a single type or two or more types. When there are two or more types, the combination and ratio of those resins can be arbitrarily selected.

基材可由1層(單層)所構成,亦可由2層以上之複數層所構成,當由複數層所構成的情況,這些複數層可互相相同亦可不同,這些複數層的組合並無特別限定。 The substrate can consist of a single layer or multiple layers (two or more). When composed of multiple layers, these layers can be identical or different, and there are no particular limitations on their combination.

基材的厚度較佳為50μm至300μm,更佳為60μm至100μm。藉由基材的厚度在這樣的範圍,保護膜形成用複合片的可撓性、對晶圓的貼附適性會更加提升。 The substrate thickness is preferably 50 μm to 300 μm, more preferably 60 μm to 100 μm. With a substrate thickness within this range, the flexibility of the composite sheet used for forming the protective film and its adaptability to wafer bonding are further improved.

此處,所謂「基材的厚度」意指基材整體的厚度,例如所謂由複數層所構成之基材的厚度則意指構成基材之全部層的合計厚度。 Here, "substrate thickness" refers to the overall thickness of the substrate. For example, the thickness of a substrate composed of multiple layers refers to the total thickness of all the layers that make up the substrate.

基材係除前述樹脂等主要構成材料以外,亦可含有填充材、著色劑、抗氧化劑、有機潤滑劑、觸媒、軟化劑(塑化劑)等之公知的各種添加劑。 In addition to the aforementioned resins and other main constituent materials, the base material may also contain various known additives such as fillers, colorants, antioxidants, organic lubricants, catalysts, and plasticizers.

基材可為透明及不透明之中任一種,亦可依目的而著色,亦可蒸鍍其他層。 The substrate can be either transparent or opaque, and can be colored according to the purpose, or other layers can be vapor-deposited.

當保護膜形成膜具有能量線硬化性的情況,基材較佳為使能量線穿透。 When the protective film forms a film with energy line hardening properties, the substrate is preferably designed to allow energy lines to pass through.

為了調節基材與設置於該基材之上的層(例如,黏著劑層、保護膜形成膜、或前述其他層)的密合性,亦可對基材的表面施以利用噴砂處理、溶劑處理等之凹凸化處理;電暈放電處理、電子束照射處理、電漿處理、臭氧/紫外線照射處理、火焰處理、鉻酸處理、熱風處理等之氧化處理;親油處理;親水處理等。另外,亦可對基材表面進行底塗處理。 To adjust the adhesion between the substrate and layers disposed on it (e.g., adhesive layers, protective film forming films, or other aforementioned layers), the surface of the substrate can be subjected to surface treatments such as sandblasting, solvent treatment, etc.; oxidation treatments such as corona discharge treatment, electron beam irradiation treatment, plasma treatment, ozone/ultraviolet irradiation treatment, flame treatment, chromic acid treatment, hot air treatment, etc.; oleophilic treatment; hydrophilic treatment, etc. Additionally, a primer treatment can be applied to the substrate surface.

基材藉由含有特定範圍的成分(例如,樹脂等),亦可在至少一側的面具有黏著性。 The substrate, by containing a specific range of components (e.g., resins), can also have adhesiveness on at least one side.

基材可利用公知的方法製造。例如,含有樹脂之基材能夠藉由將含有前述樹脂之樹脂組成物進行成形而製造。 The substrate can be manufactured using known methods. For example, a resin-containing substrate can be manufactured by molding a resin composition containing the aforementioned resin.

○黏著劑層 ○ Adhesive layer

前述黏著劑層為片狀或膜狀,且含有黏著劑。 The aforementioned adhesive layer is in sheet or film form and contains adhesive.

作為前述黏著劑,例如可舉出:丙烯酸樹脂、胺基甲酸酯樹脂、橡膠系樹脂、聚矽氧樹脂、環氧系樹脂、聚乙烯醚、聚碳酸酯、酯系樹脂等之黏著性樹脂。 Examples of adhesives mentioned above include: acrylic resins, carbamate resins, rubber-based resins, polysiloxane resins, epoxy resins, polyvinyl ether, polycarbonate, ester-based resins, and other adhesive resins.

黏著劑層可由1層(單層)所構成,亦可由2層以上之複數層所構成,當由複數層所構成的情況,這些複數層可互相相同亦可不同,這些複數層的組合並無特別限定。 The adhesive layer can consist of a single layer or multiple layers (two or more). When it consists of multiple layers, these layers can be identical or different from each other, and there are no particular limitations on the combination of these layers.

黏著劑層的厚度沒有特別限定,較佳為1μm至100μm,更佳為1μm至60μm,特佳為1μm至30μm。 The thickness of the adhesive layer is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 μm to 100 μm, more preferably 1 μm to 60 μm, and even more preferably 1 μm to 30 μm.

此處,所謂「黏著劑層的厚度」意指黏著劑層整體的厚度,例如所謂由複數層構成之黏著劑層的厚度則意指構成黏著劑層之全部層的合計厚度。 Here, "adhesive layer thickness" refers to the overall thickness of the adhesive layer. For example, the thickness of an adhesive layer consisting of multiple layers refers to the total thickness of all the layers that make up the adhesive layer.

黏著劑層可為透明及不透明之中任一種,亦可依目的來著色。 The adhesive layer can be either transparent or opaque, and can also be colored depending on the purpose.

當保護膜形成膜具有能量線硬化性的情況,黏著劑層較佳為使能量線穿透。 When the protective film forms a film with energy line hardening properties, the adhesive layer is preferable to allow the energy line to penetrate.

黏著劑層可為能量線硬化性及非能量線硬化性之中任一種。能量線硬化性黏著劑層能夠調節在硬化前及硬化後的物性。例如,在後述之具保護膜之晶片的拾取前,使能量線硬化性黏著劑層硬化,藉此能夠更容易地拾取此具保護膜之晶片。 The adhesive layer can be either line-cured or non-line-cured. Line-cured adhesive layers allow for adjustment of physical properties before and after curing. For example, curing the line-cured adhesive layer before picking up a protective-coated wafer (described later) makes it easier to pick up the protective-coated wafer.

本說明書中,即使在能量線硬化性黏著劑層經能量線硬化後,只要還維持著由基材與能量線硬化性黏著劑層之硬化物而成的積層結構,則將此積層結構體稱為「支撐片」。 In this specification, even after the energy line curing adhesive layer has been cured by energy lines, as long as the laminated structure formed by the substrate and the cured energy line curing adhesive layer is maintained, this laminated structure is referred to as a "support sheet".

黏著劑層能夠使用含有黏著劑之黏著劑組成物來形成。例如,能夠藉由將黏著劑組成物塗覆於黏著劑層的形成對象面,並視需要使之乾燥而於目標之部位形成黏著劑層。黏著劑組成物之中在常溫不會氣化的成分彼此之含量的比率,通常與黏著劑層之中的前述成分彼此之含量的比率相同。 An adhesive layer can be formed using an adhesive composition containing an adhesive. For example, an adhesive layer can be formed on the target area by applying the adhesive composition to the object to which the adhesive layer is to be formed and drying it as needed. The ratio of the components in the adhesive composition that do not vaporize at room temperature is usually the same as the ratio of the aforementioned components in the adhesive layer.

黏著劑層中,黏著劑層中的1種或2種以上的後述之含有成分的合計含量相對於黏著劑層的總質量之比例不超過100質量%。 In the adhesive layer, the total content of one or more of the ingredients described below in the adhesive layer does not exceed 100% by mass relative to the total mass of the adhesive layer.

同樣地,黏著劑組成物中,黏著劑組成物中的1種或2種以上的後述之含有成分的合計含量相對於黏著劑組成物的總質量之比例不超過100質量%。 Similarly, in the adhesive composition, the aggregate content of one or more of the ingredients described below in the adhesive composition does not exceed 100% by mass relative to the total mass of the adhesive composition.

黏著劑組成物的塗敷及乾燥,例如能夠利用與上述之保護膜形成用組成物的塗敷及乾燥的情況相同的方法來進行。 The application and drying of the adhesive composition can be performed, for example, using the same method as that used for the application and drying of the protective film forming composition described above.

當黏著劑層為能量線硬化性的情況,作為能量線硬化性的黏著劑組成物,例如可舉出:含有非能量線硬化性的黏著性樹脂(I-1a)(以下,有時簡稱為「黏著性樹脂(I-1a)」)與能量線硬化性化合物之黏著劑組成物(I-1);含有於非能量線硬化性的黏著性樹脂(I-1a)之側鏈導入有不飽和基之能量線硬化性的黏著性樹脂(I-2a)(以下,有時簡稱為「黏著性樹脂(I-2a)」)之黏著劑組成物(I-2);含有前述黏著性樹脂(I-2a)與能量線硬化性化合物之黏著劑組成物(I-3)等。 When the adhesive layer is line-cured, examples of line-cured adhesive compositions include: an adhesive composition (I-1) containing a non-line-cured adhesive resin (I-1a) (hereinafter sometimes simply referred to as "adhesive resin (I-1a)") and a line-cured compound; an adhesive composition (I-2) containing a line-cured adhesive resin (I-2a) (hereinafter sometimes simply referred to as "adhesive resin (I-2a)") with unsaturated groups introduced into the side chains of the non-line-cured adhesive resin (I-1a); and an adhesive composition (I-3) containing the aforementioned adhesive resin (I-2a) and a line-cured compound.

當黏著劑層為非能量線硬化性的情況,作為非能量線硬化性的黏著劑組成物,例如可舉出含有前述非能量線硬化性的黏著性樹脂(I-1a)之黏著劑組成物(I-4)等。 When the adhesive layer is non-energy-line curing, examples of non-energy-line curing adhesive compositions include adhesive compositions (I-4) containing the aforementioned non-energy-line curing adhesive resin (I-1a).

[非能量線硬化性的黏著性樹脂(I-1a)] [Non-energy-line-curing adhesive resin (I-1a)]

前述黏著性樹脂(I-1a)較佳為丙烯酸樹脂。 The aforementioned adhesive resin (I-1a) is preferably an acrylic resin.

作為前述丙烯酸樹脂,例如可舉出至少具有源自(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯之構成單元的丙烯酸聚合物。 Examples of the aforementioned acrylic resins include acrylic polymers having at least one constituent unit derived from (meth)acrylate alkyl esters.

作為前述(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯,例如可舉出構成烷基酯之烷基的碳數為1至20之(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯,前述烷基較佳為直鏈狀或支鏈狀。 As an example of the aforementioned alkyl (meth)acrylate, alkyl (meth)acrylates in which the alkyl group forming the alkyl ester has 1 to 20 carbon atoms are cited, wherein the alkyl group is preferably linear or branched.

前述丙烯酸聚合物較佳為除了源自(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯之構成單元以外,還進而具有源自含官能基之單體的構成單元。 The aforementioned acrylic polymer preferably has, in addition to structural units derived from alkyl (meth)acrylates, structural units derived from functionalized monomers.

作為前述含官能基之單體,例如可舉出:藉由前述官能基與後述之交聯劑進行反應而成為交聯的起點之單體。 As an example of the aforementioned functionalized monomers, one could cite monomers that become the starting point for crosslinking through a reaction between the aforementioned functionalized group and the crosslinking agent described later.

作為前述含官能基之單體,例如可舉出:含羥基之單體、含羧基之單體、含胺基之單體、含環氧基之單體等。 Examples of functionalized monomers include, for instance, monomers containing hydroxyl groups, carboxyl groups, amino groups, and epoxy groups.

前述丙烯酸聚合物除了源自(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯的構成單元、及源自含官能基之單體的構成單元以外,亦可進而具有源自其他單體的構成單元。 In addition to constituent units derived from alkyl (meth)acrylates and functionalized monomers, the aforementioned acrylic polymers may also have constituent units derived from other monomers.

前述其他的單體只要能夠與(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯等共聚,則並無特別限定。 There are no particular limitations on the other monomers mentioned above, as long as they can copolymerize with alkyl (meth)acrylates, etc.

作為前述其他的單體例如可舉出:苯乙烯、α-甲基苯乙烯、乙烯基甲苯、甲酸乙烯酯、乙酸乙烯酯、丙烯腈、丙烯醯胺等。 Other examples of the aforementioned monomers include: styrene, α-methylstyrene, vinyltoluene, vinyl formate, vinyl acetate, acrylonitrile, acrylamide, etc.

前述黏著劑組成物(I-1)、黏著劑組成物(I-2)、黏著劑組成物(I-3)及黏著劑組成物(I-4)(以下,包括這些黏著劑組成物簡稱為「黏著劑組成物(I-1)至黏著劑組成物(I-4)」)中,前述丙烯酸聚合物等之前述丙烯酸樹脂所具有的構成單元可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,當為2種以上的情況,那些構成單元的組合及比率能夠任意地選擇。 In the aforementioned adhesive compositions (I-1), (I-2), (I-3), and (I-4) (hereinafter, including these adhesive compositions, they are collectively referred to as "Adhesive Compositions (I-1) to Adhesive Compositions (I-4)"), the aforementioned acrylic polymers and other acrylic resins may possess only one type of constituent unit, or two or more types. When there are two or more types, the combination and ratio of those constituent units can be arbitrarily selected.

前述丙烯酸聚合物中,源自含官能基之單體的構成單元的量相對於構成單元的總量之比例較佳為1質量%至35質量%。 In the aforementioned acrylic polymer, the proportion of the constituent units derived from functionalized monomers relative to the total amount of constituent units is preferably 1% to 35% by mass.

黏著劑組成物(I-1)或黏著劑組成物(I-4)所含有之黏著性樹脂(I-1a)可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,當為2種以上的情況,那些黏著性樹脂(I-1a)的組合及比率能夠任意地選擇。 The adhesive composition (I-1) or adhesive composition (I-4) may contain only one type of adhesive resin (I-1a) or two or more types. When there are two or more types, the combination and ratio of those adhesive resins (I-1a) can be arbitrarily selected.

由黏著劑組成物(I-1)或黏著劑組成物(I-4)所形成的黏著劑層中,黏著性樹脂(I-1a)的含量相對於前述黏著劑層的總質量之比例較佳為5質量%至99質量%。 In the adhesive layer formed by adhesive composition (I-1) or adhesive composition (I-4), the content of adhesive resin (I-1a) relative to the total mass of the aforementioned adhesive layer is preferably from 5% to 99% by mass.

[能量線硬化性的黏著性樹脂(I-2a)] [Energy-curing adhesive resin (I-2a)]

前述黏著性樹脂(I-2a)例如可藉由使具有能量線聚合性不飽和基之含不飽和基之化合物與黏著性樹脂(I-1a)中的官能基進行反應而獲得。 The aforementioned adhesive resin (I-2a) can be obtained, for example, by reacting a compound containing unsaturated groups with energy-line polymerizable unsaturated groups with the functional groups in the adhesive resin (I-1a).

前述含不飽和基之化合物係除了前述能量線聚合性不飽和基以外,還進而具有藉由與黏著性樹脂(I-1a)中的官能基進行反應而能與黏著性樹脂(I-1a)鍵結之基之化合物。 The aforementioned compounds containing unsaturated groups, in addition to the aforementioned energy-line polymerizable unsaturated groups, further possess groups that can bond with adhesive resin (I-1a) by reacting with functional groups in the adhesive resin (I-1a).

作為前述能量線聚合性不飽和基,例如可舉出:(甲基)丙烯醯基、乙烯基(次乙基)、烯丙基(2-丙烯基)等,較佳為(甲基)丙烯醯基。 Examples of unsaturated groups with polymerizable energy lines include (meth)acryl, vinyl(ethylene), and allyl(2-propenyl), with (meth)acryl being preferred.

作為能與黏著性樹脂(I-1a)中的官能基鍵結之基,例如可舉出:能與羥基或胺基鍵結之異氰酸酯基及縮水甘油基、以及能與羧基或環氧基鍵結之羥基及胺基等。 Examples of groups that can bond with functional groups in adhesive resins (I-1a) include isocyanate groups and glycidyl groups that can bond with hydroxyl or amino groups, and hydroxyl and amino groups that can bond with carboxyl or epoxy groups.

作為前述含不飽和基之化合物,例如可舉出:異氰酸(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯醯基異氰酸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸縮水甘油酯等。 Examples of compounds containing unsaturated groups include, for instance, methacryloxyethyl isocyanate, methacrylyl isocyanate, and glycidyl methacrylate.

黏著劑組成物(I-2)或黏著劑組成物(I-3)所含有的黏著性樹脂(I-2a)可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,當為2種以上的情況,那些黏著性樹脂(I-2a)的組合及比率能夠任意地選擇。 The adhesive composition (I-2) or adhesive composition (I-3) may contain only one type of adhesive resin (I-2a) or two or more types. When there are two or more types, the combination and ratio of those adhesive resins (I-2a) can be arbitrarily selected.

由黏著劑組成物(I-2)或黏著劑組成物(I-3)所形成的黏著劑層中,黏著性樹脂(I-2a)的含量相對於前述黏著劑層的總質量之比例較佳為5質量%至99質量%。 In the adhesive layer formed by adhesive composition (I-2) or adhesive composition (I-3), the content of adhesive resin (I-2a) relative to the total mass of the aforementioned adhesive layer is preferably 5% to 99% by mass.

[能量線硬化性化合物] [Energy line hardening compound]

作為前述黏著劑組成物(I-1)或黏著劑組成物(I-3)所含有之前述能量線硬化性化合物,可舉出具有能量線聚合性不飽和基且藉由照射能量線而能硬化的單體或低聚物。 As a component of the aforementioned adhesive composition (I-1) or adhesive composition (I-3), the aforementioned energy-line curing compound can be a monomer or oligomer having an energy-line polymerizable unsaturated group and capable of curing by irradiation with an energy line.

能量線硬化性化合物中,作為單體例如可舉出:三羥甲基丙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯、1,4-丁二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、1,6-己二醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯等之多元(甲基)丙烯酸酯;(甲基)丙烯酸胺基甲酸酯;聚酯(甲基)丙烯酸酯;聚醚(甲基)丙烯酸酯;環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。 Examples of monomers in energy line hardening compounds include: trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol (meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate, 1,4-butanediol di(meth)acrylate, 1,6-hexanediol (meth)acrylate, and other poly(meth)acrylates; methacrylate aminocarbamates; polyester (meth)acrylates; polyether (meth)acrylates; epoxy (meth)acrylates, etc.

能量線硬化性化合物中,作為低聚物例如可舉出:在上述已例示之單體的聚合物之低聚物等。 Among energy-line hardening compounds, oligomers can be exemplified as polymers of the monomers already described above.

黏著劑組成物(I-1)或黏著劑組成物(I-3)所含有的前述能量線硬化性化合物可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,當為2種以上的情況,那些能量線硬化性化合物的組合及比率能夠任意地選擇。 The adhesive composition (I-1) or adhesive composition (I-3) may contain only one or more of the aforementioned energy line curing compounds. When there are two or more, the combination and ratio of those energy line curing compounds can be arbitrarily selected.

由黏著劑組成物(I-1)或黏著劑組成物(I-3)所形成的黏著劑層中,前述能量線硬化性化合物的含量相對於前述黏著劑層的總質量之比例較佳為1質量%至95質量%。 In the adhesive layer formed by adhesive composition (I-1) or adhesive composition (I-3), the content of the aforementioned energy line hardening compound relative to the total mass of the aforementioned adhesive layer is preferably from 1% to 95% by mass.

[交聯劑] [Cross-connecting agent]

作為黏著性樹脂(I-1a),當使用除了具有源自(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯之構成單元以外,還進而具有源自含官能基之單體的構成單元之前述丙烯酸聚合物的情況,黏著劑組成物(I-1)或黏著劑組成物(I-4)較佳為進而含有交聯劑。 As an adhesive resin (I-1a), when using the aforementioned acrylic polymer that, in addition to having constituent units derived from alkyl (meth)acrylates, also has constituent units derived from functionalized monomers, the adhesive composition (I-1) or adhesive composition (I-4) preferably further contains a crosslinking agent.

又,例如當使用與黏著性樹脂(I-1a)之中的丙烯酸聚合物同樣的具有源自含官能基之單體的構成單元之前述丙烯酸聚合物來作為黏著性樹脂(I-2a)的情況,黏著劑組成物(I-2)或黏著劑組成物(I-3)亦可進而含有交聯劑。 Furthermore, for example, when the aforementioned acrylic polymer, having the same constituent units derived from functionalized monomers as the acrylic polymer in the adhesive resin (I-1a), is used as the adhesive resin (I-2a), the adhesive composition (I-2) or adhesive composition (I-3) may further contain a crosslinking agent.

前述交聯劑例如與前述官能基反應而將黏著性樹脂(I-1a)彼此或黏著性樹脂(I-2a)彼此交聯。 The aforementioned crosslinking agent, for example, reacts with the aforementioned functional groups to crosslink adhesive resins (I-1a) or adhesive resins (I-2a) with each other.

作為交聯劑例如可舉出:甲苯二異氰酸酯、六亞甲基二異氰酸酯、苯二甲基二異氰酸酯、這些二異氰酸酯之加合物等之異氰酸酯系交聯劑(具有異氰酸酯基之交聯劑);乙二醇縮水甘油醚等之環氧系交聯劑(具有縮水甘油基之交聯劑);六[1-(2-甲基)-氮丙啶基]三磷醯基三嗪等之氮丙啶系交聯劑(具有氮丙啶基之交聯劑);鋁螯合物等之金屬螯合物系交聯劑(具有金屬螯合物結構之交聯劑);異氰脲酸酯系交聯劑(具有異氰脲酸骨架之交聯劑)等。 Examples of crosslinking agents include: isocyanate-based crosslinking agents such as toluene diisocyanate, hexamethylene diisocyanate, phenyl diisocyanate, and adducts of these diisocyanates (crosslinking agents with isocyanate groups); epoxy-based crosslinking agents such as ethylene glycol glycidyl ether (crosslinking agents with glycidyl groups); aziridine-based crosslinking agents such as hexa[1-(2-methyl)aziridinyl]triphosphatidyltriazine (crosslinking agents with aziridine groups); metal chelate-based crosslinking agents such as aluminum chelates (crosslinking agents with metal chelate structures); and isocyanurate-based crosslinking agents (crosslinking agents with an isocyanuric acid skeleton), etc.

黏著劑組成物(I-1)至黏著劑組成物(I-4)所含有之交聯劑可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,當為2種以上的情況,那些交聯劑的組合及比率能夠任意地選擇。 The adhesive components (I-1) to (I-4) may contain only one type of crosslinking agent or two or more types. When there are two or more types, the combination and ratio of these crosslinking agents can be arbitrarily selected.

前述黏著劑組成物(I-1)或黏著劑組成物(I-4)中,相對於黏著性樹脂(I-1a)的含量100質量份,交聯劑的含量較佳為0.01質量份至50質量份。 In the aforementioned adhesive composition (I-1) or adhesive composition (I-4), the content of the crosslinking agent is preferably 0.01 to 50 parts by weight, relative to 100 parts by weight of the adhesive resin (I-1a).

前述黏著劑組成物(I-2)或黏著劑組成物(I-3)中,相對於黏著性樹脂(I-2a)的含量100質量份,交聯劑的含量較佳為0.01質量份至50質量份。 In the aforementioned adhesive composition (I-2) or adhesive composition (I-3), the content of the crosslinking agent is preferably 0.01 to 50 parts by weight, relative to 100 parts by weight of the adhesive resin (I-2a).

[光聚合起始劑] [Photopolymerization initiator]

黏著劑組成物(I-1)、黏著劑組成物(I-2)及黏著劑組成物(I-3)(以下,包括這些黏著劑組成物簡稱為「黏著劑組成物(I-1)至黏著劑組成物(I-3)」)亦可進而含有光聚合起始劑。含有光聚合起始劑之黏著劑組成物(I-1)至黏著劑組成物(I-3)即便照射了紫外線等相對較低能量的能量線,仍充分地進行硬化反應。 Adhesive compositions (I-1), (I-2), and (I-3) (hereinafter, including these adhesive compositions, are collectively referred to as "adhesive compositions (I-1) to adhesive compositions (I-3)") may further contain a photopolymerization initiator. Adhesive compositions (I-1) to (I-3) containing a photopolymerization initiator undergo sufficient curing reaction even when irradiated with relatively low-energy rays such as ultraviolet light.

作為前述光聚合起始劑,例如可舉出與上述之光聚合起始劑(H)相同的光聚合起始劑。 As a photopolymerization initiator, for example, a photopolymerization initiator identical to the aforementioned photopolymerization initiator (H) can be cited.

黏著劑組成物(I-1)至黏著劑組成物(I-3)所含有之光聚合起始劑可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,當為2種以上的情況,那些光聚合起始劑的組合及比率能夠任意地選擇。 The adhesive compositions (I-1) to (I-3) may contain only one type of photopolymerization initiator or two or more types. When there are two or more types, the combination and ratio of those photopolymerization initiators can be arbitrarily selected.

黏著劑組成物(I-1)中,相對於前述能量線硬化性化合物的含量100質量份,光聚合起始劑的含量較佳為0.01質量份至20質量份。 In the adhesive composition (I-1), the content of the photopolymerization initiator is preferably 0.01 to 20 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the aforementioned energy line hardening compound.

黏著劑組成物(I-2)中,相對於黏著性樹脂(I-2a)的含量100質量份,光聚合起始劑的含量較佳為0.01質量份至20質量份。 In the adhesive composition (I-2), the content of the photopolymerization initiator is preferably 0.01 to 20 parts by weight relative to 100 parts by weight of the adhesive resin (I-2a).

黏著劑組成物(I-3)中,相對於黏著性樹脂(I-2a)及前述能量線硬化性化合物的總含量100質量份,光聚合起始劑的含量較佳為0.01質量份至20質量份。 In the adhesive composition (I-3), the content of the photopolymerization initiator is preferably 0.01 to 20 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the total content of the adhesive resin (I-2a) and the aforementioned energy line curing compound.

[其他添加劑] [Other Additives]

黏著劑組成物(I-1)至黏著劑組成物(I-4)亦可在無損於本發明的效果之範圍內,含有不相當於上述之中任一種成分之其他添加劑。 Adhesive compositions (I-1) to (I-4) may also contain other additives, not equivalent to any of the above-mentioned components, to the extent that they do not impair the effects of the invention.

作為前述其他添加劑,例如可舉出:抗靜電劑、抗氧化劑、軟化劑(塑化劑)、填充材(填料)、防銹劑、著色劑(顏料、染料)、增感劑、黏著賦予劑、反應延遲劑、交聯促進劑(觸媒)等之公知的添加劑。 Other additives mentioned above include, for example, well-known additives such as: antistatic agents, antioxidants, softeners (plasticizers), fillers, rust inhibitors, colorants (pigments, dyes), sensitizers, adhesives, reaction retarders, and crosslinking accelerators (catalysts).

另外,所謂反應延遲劑係指例如抑制因混入於黏著劑組成物(I-1)至黏著劑組成物(I-4)中的觸媒之作用,而在保存中的黏著劑組成物(I-1)至黏著劑組成物(I-4)中進行非目標的交聯反應之成分。作為反應延遲劑,例如可舉出藉由針對觸媒之螯合物而形成螯合錯合物之化合物,更具體而言,可舉出1分子中具有2個以上之羰基(-C(=O)-)之化合物。 Furthermore, the term "reaction retarder" refers to, for example, a component that inhibits the action of a catalyst mixed in adhesive components (I-1) to (I-4), thereby preventing unintended cross-linking reactions from occurring in the stored adhesive components (I-1) to (I-4). Examples of reaction retarders include compounds that form chelate complexes by targeting the catalyst; more specifically, compounds having two or more carbonyl groups (-C(=O)-) in one molecule.

黏著劑組成物(I-1)至黏著劑組成物(I-4)所含有之其他添加劑可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,當為2種以上的情況,那些其他添加劑的組合及比率能夠任意地選擇。 The adhesive compositions (I-1) to (I-4) may contain only one or more other additives. When there are two or more additives, the combination and ratio of these other additives can be arbitrarily selected.

黏著劑組成物(I-1)至黏著劑組成物(I-4)之其他添加劑的含量並沒有特別限定,依該其他添加劑的種類適當選擇即可。 The content of other additives in adhesive compositions (I-1) to adhesive compositions (I-4) is not particularly limited; they can be selected appropriately according to their types.

[溶媒] [solvent]

黏著劑組成物(I-1)至黏著劑組成物(I-4)亦可含有溶媒。黏著劑組成物(I-1)至黏著劑組成物(I-4)藉由含有溶媒,對該塗覆對象面的塗覆適性會提升。 Adhesive components (I-1) to (I-4) may also contain a solvent. By containing a solvent, the coating suitability of adhesive components (I-1) to (I-4) for the object being coated is improved.

前述溶媒較佳為有機溶媒,作為前述有機溶媒,例如可舉出:甲基乙基酮、丙酮等之酮;乙酸乙酯等之酯(羧酸酯);四氫呋喃、二噁烷等之醚;環己烷、正己烷等之脂肪族烴;甲苯、二甲苯等之芳香族烴;1-丙醇、2-丙醇等之醇等。 The aforementioned solvent is preferably an organic solvent. Examples of such organic solvents include: ketones such as methyl ethyl ketone and acetone; esters (carboxylic acid esters) such as ethyl acetate; ethers such as tetrahydrofuran and dioxane; aliphatic hydrocarbons such as cyclohexane and n-hexane; aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene and xylene; and alcohols such as 1-propanol and 2-propanol.

黏著劑組成物(I-1)至黏著劑組成物(I-4)所含有之溶媒可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,當為2種以上的情況,那些溶媒的組合及比率能夠任意地選擇。 The adhesive components (I-1) to (I-4) may contain only one type of solvent or two or more types. When there are two or more types, the combination and ratio of those solvents can be arbitrarily selected.

黏著劑組成物(I-1)至黏著劑組成物(I-4)之溶媒的含量沒有特別限定,適當調節即可。 The solvent content of adhesive components (I-1) to adhesive components (I-4) is not particularly limited; it can be adjusted appropriately.

○黏著劑組成物之製造方法 ○ Method for manufacturing adhesive components

黏著劑組成物例如除了在調配成分的種類不同這一點以外,可利用與先前說明之熱硬化性保護膜形成用組成物的情況相同的方法來製造。 Adhesive compositions, for example, can be manufactured using the same method as the previously described thermosetting protective film forming compositions, except for the difference in the types of formulations.

◇保護膜形成用複合片之製造方法 ◇Manufacturing method of composite sheet for protective film formation

前述保護膜形成用複合片能夠藉由將上述的各層以成為對應的位置關係之方式進行積層,並視需要而調節一部份或全部層的形狀來製造。各層的形成方法如同先前所說明。 The aforementioned composite sheet for forming the protective film can be manufactured by laminating the layers in a corresponding positional relationship, and adjusting the shape of some or all of the layers as needed. The method for forming each layer is as previously described.

例如,當製造支撐片時,於基材上積層黏著劑層的情況,在基材上塗覆上述之黏著劑組成物並視需要使之乾燥即可。 For example, when manufacturing support sheets, if an adhesive layer is deposited on a substrate, the aforementioned adhesive composition can be applied to the substrate and dried as needed.

又,在剝離膜上塗覆黏著劑組成物並視需要使之乾燥,藉此預先在剝離膜上形成黏著劑層,使此黏著劑層的露出面與基材之一側的表面貼合之方法,亦能夠於基材上積層黏著劑層。此時,黏著劑組成物較佳為塗覆於剝離膜的剝離處理面。再者,這種情況的剝離膜在保護膜形成用複合片的製造過程或使用過程之中任一種時機移除即可。 Alternatively, an adhesive composition can be coated onto the release liner and dried as needed to pre-form an adhesive layer on the release liner, allowing the exposed surface of this adhesive layer to adhere to one side of the substrate. This method also allows for the deposition of an adhesive layer on the substrate. In this case, the adhesive composition is preferably coated on the release-treated surface of the release liner. Furthermore, this type of release liner can be removed at any time during the manufacturing process of the protective film forming composite sheet or during use.

至此,雖然是舉出於基材上積層黏著劑層的情況為例,但上述的方法亦能夠應用在例如於基材上積層黏著劑層以外的其他層的情況。 Although this example illustrates the case of an adhesive layer being laminated onto a substrate, the method described above can also be applied to cases where other layers besides the adhesive layer are laminated onto the substrate.

另一方面,例如於已積層於基材上的黏著劑層之上,進而積層保護膜形成膜的情況,可於黏著劑層上塗覆保護膜形成用組成物而直接形成保護膜形成膜。保護膜形成膜以外的層亦能夠使用用以形成該層之組成物,並利用相同的方法於黏著劑層之上積層該層。如此一來,於已積層於基材上之任一層(以下,簡稱為「第1層」)上形成新的層(以下,簡稱為「第2層」),而形成連續的2 層之積層結構(換言之,第1層及第2層之積層結構)的情況,能夠應用於前述第1層上塗覆用以形成前述第2層之組成物並視需要使之乾燥之方法。 On the other hand, for example, when a protective film is deposited on an adhesive layer already deposited on a substrate, a protective film forming component can be coated on the adhesive layer to directly form the protective film forming film. Layers other than the protective film forming film can also be formed using the same component and deposited on the adhesive layer using the same method. In this way, when a new layer (hereinafter referred to as "the second layer") is formed on any layer already deposited on the substrate (hereinafter referred to as "the first layer"), thus forming a continuous two-layer laminated structure (in other words, a laminated structure of the first and second layers), a method can be applied to the first layer to coat the composition used to form the second layer and then dried as needed.

不過,較佳為藉由下述方式形成連續的2層之積層結構:使用用以形成第2層之組成物於剝離膜上預先形成第2層,將該已形成完畢的第2層之與前述剝離膜接觸之側為相反側的露出面來與第1層的露出面貼合。此時,前述組成物較佳為塗覆於剝離膜的剝離處理面。剝離膜於形成積層結構後,視需要移除即可。 However, it is preferable to form a continuous two-layer laminated structure by pre-forming a second layer on the release membrane using a composition for forming the second layer, and then adhering the exposed surface of the pre-formed second layer (the side opposite to the release membrane) to the exposed surface of the first layer. In this case, the composition is preferably coated on the release treatment surface of the release membrane. The release membrane can be removed as needed after forming the laminated structure.

此處,雖然是舉出了於黏著劑層上積層保護膜形成膜的情況為例,但例如於黏著劑層上積層保護膜形成膜以外的層(膜)的情況等,成為對象之積層結構係能夠任意地選擇。 Here, although the example given is of a protective film laminated on an adhesive layer, the laminated structure can be arbitrarily chosen, such as when a protective film is laminated on an adhesive layer to form a layer (film) other than the original protective film.

如此一來,構成保護膜形成用複合片之基材以外的層皆能夠利用預先形成於剝離膜上,再貼合於目標之層的表面之方法來積層,因此視需要適當選擇採用此種步驟之層來製造保護膜形成用複合片即可。 In this way, all layers other than the substrate constituting the protective film forming composite sheet can be deposited using a method that pre-forms them on the release film and then adheres them to the surface of the target layer. Therefore, layers using this method can be appropriately selected to manufacture the protective film forming composite sheet as needed.

另外,保護膜形成用複合片通常係以於該保護膜形成用複合片之與支撐片為相反側的最表層(例如,保護膜形成膜)的表面貼合有剝離膜之狀態來保管。因此,可藉由下述方式來獲得具剝離膜之保護膜形成用複合片:於該剝離膜(較佳為該剝離膜的剝離處理面)上,塗覆保護膜形成用組成物等用以形成構成最表層之層的組成物並視需要使之乾燥,藉此於剝離膜上預先形成構成最表層之層,於該層之與剝離膜接觸之側為相反側的露出面上積層剩餘的各層,不移除剝離膜而保持貼合狀態不變。 In addition, protective film forming composite sheets are usually stored with a release film attached to the outermost layer (e.g., the protective film forming film) on the side opposite to the support sheet. Therefore, a protective film forming composite sheet with a release liner can be obtained by: coating a protective film forming component or other component used to form the outermost layer onto the release liner (preferably the release-treated surface of the release liner) and drying it as needed, thereby pre-forming the outermost layer on the release liner; and depositing the remaining layers on the exposed surface opposite to the side of that layer that contacts the release liner, maintaining the adhered state without removing the release liner.

◇晶圓之再生方法 ◇Wafer Recycling Methods

本發明的一實施形態之晶圓之再生方法係將上述之本發明的一實施形態之保護膜形成膜或保護膜形成用複合片中的保護膜形成膜貼附至晶圓的內面後, 將前述保護膜形成膜自前述晶圓的內面進行剝離,而使前述晶圓的內面成為可再貼附前述保護膜形成膜之狀態,藉此將前述晶圓進行再生之方法。 One embodiment of the present invention provides a wafer regeneration method that involves attaching a protective film forming film or a protective film forming composite of the present invention to the inner surface of a wafer, and then peeling the protective film from the inner surface of the wafer, thereby making the inner surface of the wafer ready for reattaching the protective film, thus regenerating the wafer.

就本實施形態之晶圓之再生方法而言,藉由使用前述保護膜形成膜,即使是晶圓的內面粗糙的情況,由於能夠自晶圓的內面正常且容易地將保護膜形成膜剝離,故在晶圓之再生適性這點優異。 Regarding the wafer regeneration method of this embodiment, by using the aforementioned protective film to form a film, even in cases where the inner surface of the wafer is rough, the protective film can be peeled off normally and easily from the inner surface of the wafer, thus exhibiting superior wafer regeneration suitability.

以下,一邊參照圖式,一邊針對下述晶圓之再生方法依序進行說明:對晶圓的內面貼附未構成保護膜形成用複合片之保護膜形成膜的情況之晶圓之再生方法(本說明書中,有時稱為「再生方法1」)、以及對晶圓的內面貼附保護膜形成用複合片中的保護膜形成膜的情況之晶圓之再生方法(本說明書中,有時稱為「再生方法2」)。 The following wafer regeneration methods will be explained sequentially with reference to the diagrams: a wafer regeneration method in which a protective film forming film that does not constitute a protective film forming composite is attached to the inner surface of the wafer (sometimes referred to as "Regeneration Method 1" in this specification), and a wafer regeneration method in which a protective film forming film from a protective film forming composite is attached to the inner surface of the wafer (sometimes referred to as "Regeneration Method 2" in this specification).

[再生方法1] [Regeneration Method 1]

圖6A至圖6E為用以示意地說明本實施形態之晶圓之再生方法之一例、保護膜形成膜的再貼附方法之一例的剖面圖。此處是舉出使用了圖1所示之保護膜形成膜13的情況為例來作為晶圓之再生方法,針對再生方法1進行說明。 Figures 6A to 6E are cross-sectional views illustrating one example of a wafer regeneration method and one example of a protective film reattachment method according to this embodiment. Here, the case using the protective film 13 shown in Figure 1 is used as an example of a wafer regeneration method, and regeneration method 1 will be explained.

再生方法1中,如圖6A所示,在晶圓9的內面9b貼附保護膜形成膜13。此處顯示著自具剝離膜之保護膜形成膜13移除第1剝離膜151,藉此將露出的保護膜形成膜13的第1面13a貼合至晶圓9的內面9b的情況。本實施形態中,亦可自具剝離膜之保護膜形成膜13移除第2剝離膜152,藉此將露出的保護膜形成膜13的第2面13b貼合至晶圓9的內面9b(省略圖示)。 In regeneration method 1, as shown in Figure 6A, a protective film forming film 13 is attached to the inner surface 9b of wafer 9. This shows the case where the first peel-off film 151 of the protective film forming film 13 with its own peel-off film is removed, thereby attaching the exposed first surface 13a of the protective film forming film 13 to the inner surface 9b of wafer 9. In this embodiment, the second peel-off film 152 can also be removed from the protective film forming film 13 with its own peel-off film, thereby attaching the exposed second surface 13b of the protective film forming film 13 to the inner surface 9b of wafer 9 (not shown).

再生方法1中,晶圓9的內面9b較佳為存在有前述凹部的粗糙面。在晶圓9的內面9b為粗糙的情況,可顯著地獲得由使用保護膜形成膜13所帶來之效果。 In regeneration method 1, the inner surface 9b of wafer 9 is preferably a rough surface with the aforementioned recesses. When the inner surface 9b of wafer 9 is rough, the effects of forming film 13 using the protective film can be significantly achieved.

晶圓9的內面9b較佳為利用比# 2000還粗糙之規格的砂輪加以磨削,更佳為利用比# 1500還粗糙之規格的砂輪加以磨削,進而較佳為利用比# 1000還粗糙之規格的砂輪加以磨削。在這樣的晶圓9中,可更顯著地獲得由使用保護膜形成膜13所帶來之效果。 The inner surface 9b of wafer 9 is preferably ground using a grinding wheel with a rougher grit than #2000, more preferably using a grinding wheel with a rougher grit than #1500, and even more preferably using a grinding wheel with a rougher grit than #1000. In such a wafer 9, the effects of forming film 13 using the protective film can be more significantly achieved.

保護膜形成膜13朝晶圓9的貼附能夠以使用輥的方法等公知的方法來進行。 The attachment of the protective film 13 to the wafer 9 can be performed using known methods such as rolling.

保護膜形成膜13朝晶圓9的貼附條件並無特別限定。在晶圓9的內面9b為粗糙的情況,就能夠利用保護膜形成膜13將前述凹部更高度地埋入這點而言,貼附時的保護膜形成膜13的溫度(貼附溫度)較佳為20℃至100℃,貼附保護膜形成膜13的速度(貼附速度)較佳為0.1m/min至2m/min,貼附時施加於保護膜形成膜13的壓力(貼附壓力)較佳為0.1MPa至0.6MPa。 There are no particular limitations on the adhesion conditions of the protective film forming film 13 to the wafer 9. In cases where the inner surface 9b of the wafer 9 is rough, allowing the protective film forming film 13 to embed the aforementioned recess to a greater depth, the temperature of the protective film forming film 13 during adhesion (adhesion temperature) is preferably 20°C to 100°C, the adhesion speed of the protective film forming film 13 is preferably 0.1 m/min to 2 m/min, and the pressure applied to the protective film forming film 13 during adhesion (adhesion pressure) is preferably 0.1 MPa to 0.6 MPa.

再生方法1中,其次如圖6D所示,將保護膜形成膜13自晶圓9的內面9b進行剝離。為此,例如從已貼附於晶圓9之保護膜形成膜13移除第2剝離膜152。然後如圖6B所示,在藉此所露出之保護膜形成膜13的第2面13b,貼附用以將保護膜形成膜等的樹脂膜自該樹脂膜所貼附的對象物進行剝離之黏著帶6。其次,如圖6C所示,自晶圓9的內面9b將保護膜形成膜13及黏著帶6的積層物進行剝離。例如在黏著帶6為硬化性、在未硬化的狀態為軟質而藉由硬化會成為硬質的情況,亦可將未硬化的黏著帶6貼附至保護膜形成膜13,其次使黏著帶6硬化,將保護膜形成膜13與黏著帶6的硬化物之積層物自晶圓9的內面9b進行剝離。藉由以此方式進行,能夠將保護膜形成膜13更容易地自晶圓9的內面9b剝離。圖6B及圖6C中,黏著帶與該黏著帶的硬化物均標附符號6來表示。 In regeneration method 1, next, as shown in FIG. 6D, the protective film forming film 13 is peeled off from the inner surface 9b of the wafer 9. For this purpose, for example, a second peeling film 152 is removed from the protective film forming film 13 already attached to the wafer 9. Then, as shown in FIG. 6B, an adhesive tape 6 is attached to the second surface 13b of the protective film forming film 13 exposed therefrom to peel off the resin film from the object to which the resin film is attached. Next, as shown in FIG. 6C, the stack of the protective film forming film 13 and the adhesive tape 6 is peeled off from the inner surface 9b of the wafer 9. For example, if the adhesive tape 6 is hardenable, and its uncracked state is soft but hardens upon hardening, the uncracked adhesive tape 6 can be attached to the protective film 13. Then, the adhesive tape 6 is hardened, and the hardened deposit of the protective film 13 and the adhesive tape 6 is peeled off from the inner surface 9b of the wafer 9. This method allows for easier peeling of the protective film 13 from the inner surface 9b of the wafer 9. In Figures 6B and 6C, both the adhesive tape and its hardened deposit are indicated by the symbol 6.

黏著帶6只要對保護膜形成膜13的黏著力高則沒有特別限定,可為公知的黏著帶。 The adhesive tape 6 is not particularly limited as long as it has high adhesion to the protective film forming film 13; any known adhesive tape can be used.

當將保護膜形成膜13貼附至晶圓9的內面9b時,例如有可能產生保護膜形成膜13的貼附位置偏離、在晶圓9的內面9b與保護膜形成膜13的貼附面(圖6A中為第1面13a)之間以夾著異物的狀態貼附保護膜形成膜13等之貼附異常。對此,再生方法1中,即使在晶圓9的內面9b為粗糙的情況,當自晶圓9的內面9b將保護膜形成膜13進行剝離時,不會使晶圓9破損,也不會在晶圓9的內面9b以使晶圓9之後的使用適性惡化之程度的量殘留一部分的保護膜形成膜13,可正常且容易地進行剝離。因此,保護膜形成膜13藉由將晶圓9的內面9b設為可再貼附保護膜形成膜之狀態,能夠將晶圓9再生。 When the protective film forming film 13 is attached to the inner surface 9b of the wafer 9, attachment abnormalities may occur, such as misalignment of the attachment position of the protective film forming film 13 or attachment of the protective film forming film 13 with foreign matter trapped between the inner surface 9b of the wafer 9 and the attachment surface of the protective film forming film 13 (first surface 13a in FIG. 6A). In this regard, in the recycling method 1, even if the inner surface 9b of the wafer 9 is rough, when the protective film forming film 13 is peeled off from the inner surface 9b of the wafer 9, the wafer 9 will not be damaged, and no amount of the protective film forming film 13 will remain on the inner surface 9b of the wafer 9 to the extent that it would degrade the subsequent usability of the wafer 9. Peeling can be performed normally and easily. Therefore, by configuring the inner surface 9b of the wafer 9 to allow for the reattachment of the protective film 13, the wafer 9 can be regenerated.

在將保護膜形成膜13剝離後之晶圓9的內面9b,以不使晶圓9之後的使用適性惡化之程度的量殘留一部分的保護膜形成膜13的情況,例如能夠利用公知的方法去除保護膜形成膜13的殘留物。更具體而言,例如將黏著帶6或該黏著帶6以外之黏著帶的黏著面貼附至晶圓9的內面9b之中存在有保護膜形成膜13的殘留物之區域,其次將這些黏著帶自晶圓9的內面9b進行剝離,藉此能夠將保護膜形成膜13的殘留物自晶圓9的內面9b轉印到這些黏著帶的黏著面來去除。 In cases where a portion of the protective film 13 remains on the inner surface 9b of the wafer 9 after the protective film 13 has been peeled off, in an amount sufficient to avoid degrading the subsequent usability of the wafer 9, the residue of the protective film 13 can be removed, for example, using known methods. More specifically, for example, an adhesive tape 6 or the adhesive side of an adhesive tape other than the adhesive tape 6 can be attached to the area on the inner surface 9b of the wafer 9 where the residue of the protective film 13 exists. Then, these adhesive tapes are peeled off from the inner surface 9b of the wafer 9, thereby transferring the residue of the protective film 13 from the inner surface 9b of the wafer 9 to the adhesive side of these adhesive tapes for removal.

藉由再生方法1將晶圓9再生後,例如,如圖6E所示,能夠在經再生之晶圓9的內面9b再貼附相較於已剝離的保護膜形成膜為另外準備的保護膜形成膜13。此處雖然與最初貼附的情況同樣是針對將具備有第2剝離膜152之保護膜形成膜13進行再貼附的情況來顯示,但亦可將具備有第1剝離膜151之保護膜形成膜13進行再貼附。再者,亦可代替具剝離膜之保護膜形成膜13而將保護膜形成用複合片中的保護膜形成膜再貼附至晶圓9的內面9b。 After wafer 9 is regenerated using regeneration method 1, for example, as shown in FIG. 6E, a separately prepared protective film forming film 13, which is different from the already peeled protective film forming film, can be reattached to the inner surface 9b of the regenerated wafer 9. Although this is shown here as the case of reattaching the protective film forming film 13 having the second peel film 152, similar to the initial attachment case, the protective film forming film 13 having the first peel film 151 can also be reattached. Furthermore, the protective film forming film in the protective film forming composite can be reattached to the inner surface 9b of wafer 9 instead of the protective film forming film 13 having the peel film.

上述之保護膜形成膜13等之保護膜形成膜朝晶圓9的再貼附,例如能夠利用與先前已說明之保護膜形成膜13最初朝晶圓9之貼附的情況相同的方法來進行。 The re-attachment of the protective film forming film 13, etc., to the wafer 9 can be performed, for example, using the same method as the initial attachment of the protective film forming film 13 to the wafer 9 as previously described.

本實施形態中,藉由保護膜形成膜13的再貼附,可獲得具備有晶圓9以及設置於晶圓9的內面9b的保護膜形成膜13之積層膜501。在使用保護膜形成膜13以外的保護膜形成膜的情況,亦可獲得同樣的積層膜。並且,藉由使用積層膜501等的積層膜,能夠製造目標之具保護膜之晶片。 In this embodiment, by re-attaching the protective film forming film 13, a laminated film 501 comprising a wafer 9 and the protective film forming film 13 disposed on the inner surface 9b of the wafer 9 can be obtained. The same laminated film can also be obtained when using a protective film forming film other than the protective film forming film 13. Furthermore, by using a laminated film such as the laminated film 501, a target chip with a protective film can be manufactured.

[再生方法2] [Regeneration Method 2]

圖7A至圖7D為用以示意地說明本實施形態之晶圓之再生方法之其他例、保護膜形成膜的再貼附方法之一例的剖面圖。此處是舉出使用了圖2所示之保護膜形成用複合片101的情況為例來作為晶圓之再生方法,針對再生方法2進行說明。 Figures 7A to 7D are cross-sectional views illustrating other examples of the wafer regeneration method of this embodiment, and one example of a method for re-attaching the protective film. Here, the case using the protective film forming composite sheet 101 shown in Figure 2 is used as an example of a wafer regeneration method, and regeneration method 2 will be explained.

再生方法2中,如圖7A所示,在晶圓9的內面9b貼附保護膜形成用複合片101中的保護膜形成膜13。更具體而言,自保護膜形成膜13移除剝離膜15,將藉此露出的保護膜形成膜13的第1面13a貼合至晶圓9的內面9b。亦即,保護膜形成膜13的貼附是藉由保護膜形成用複合片101的貼附來進行。 In recycling method 2, as shown in FIG. 7A, a protective film forming film 13 from a protective film forming composite sheet 101 is attached to the inner surface 9b of wafer 9. More specifically, a release film 15 is removed from the protective film forming film 13, and the first surface 13a of the exposed protective film forming film 13 is attached to the inner surface 9b of wafer 9. That is, the attachment of the protective film forming film 13 is performed by attaching the protective film forming composite sheet 101.

再生方法2中,較佳亦為晶圓9的內面9b為存在有前述凹部的粗糙面。在晶圓9的內面9b為粗糙的情況,可顯著地獲得由使用保護膜形成膜13所帶來之效果。 In regeneration method 2, it is also preferable that the inner surface 9b of wafer 9 is a rough surface with the aforementioned recesses. When the inner surface 9b of wafer 9 is rough, the effects of forming film 13 using the protective film can be significantly obtained.

保護膜形成用複合片101朝晶圓9的貼附,能夠利用與再生方法1中之保護膜形成膜13朝晶圓9的貼附的情況相同的方法來進行。 The attachment of the protective film forming composite 101 to the wafer 9 can be performed using the same method as the attachment of the protective film forming film 13 to the wafer 9 in regeneration method 1.

保護膜形成用複合片101朝晶圓9的貼附條件沒有特別限定,亦可與再生方法1中之保護膜形成膜13朝晶圓9的貼附條件相同。 The attachment conditions of the composite sheet 101 for forming the protective film toward the wafer 9 are not particularly limited, and can be the same as the attachment conditions of the protective film forming film 13 toward the wafer 9 in recycling method 1.

再生方法2中,其次如圖7C所示,將保護膜形成膜13自晶圓9的內面9b進行剝離。為此,例如如圖7B所示,自晶圓9的內面9b將保護膜形成膜13與支撐片10一同剝離、亦即直接將保護膜形成用複合片101進行剝離。 In regeneration method 2, next, as shown in FIG. 7C, the protective film forming film 13 is peeled off from the inner surface 9b of the wafer 9. For this purpose, for example, as shown in FIG. 7B, the protective film forming film 13 is peeled off together with the support sheet 10 from the inner surface 9b of the wafer 9; that is, the protective film forming composite sheet 101 is directly peeled off.

當將保護膜形成用複合片101中的保護膜形成膜13貼附至晶圓9的內面9b時,有可能產生與再生方法1中將保護膜形成膜13貼附至晶圓9的內面9b時同樣的貼附異常。對此,再生方法2同樣地,即使在晶圓9的內面9b為粗糙的情況,當自晶圓9的內面9b將保護膜形成膜13進行剝離時,不會使晶圓9破損,也不會在晶圓9的內面9b以使晶圓9之後的使用適性惡化之程度的量殘留一部分的保護膜形成膜13,可正常且容易地進行剝離。因此,保護膜形成膜13藉由將晶圓9的內面9b設為可再貼附保護膜形成膜之狀態,能夠將晶圓9再生。 When the protective film forming film 13 in the protective film forming composite 101 is attached to the inner surface 9b of the wafer 9, the same attachment abnormality as that encountered in regeneration method 1 may occur. Similarly, in regeneration method 2, even when the inner surface 9b of the wafer 9 is rough, the protective film forming film 13 can be peeled off from the inner surface 9b of the wafer 9 without damaging the wafer 9, and without leaving any residue on the inner surface 9b of the wafer 9 that would degrade its future usability. Therefore, by setting the inner surface 9b of the wafer 9 to a state where a protective film forming film can be reattached, the wafer 9 can be regenerated.

在將保護膜形成膜13剝離後之晶圓9的內面9b,以不使晶圓9之後的使用適性惡化之程度的量殘留一部分的保護膜形成膜13的情況,與再生方法1的情況同樣地能夠自晶圓9的內面9b去除保護膜形成膜13的殘留物。 In the case where a portion of the protective film 13 remains on the inner surface 9b of the wafer 9 after the protective film 13 has been peeled off, in an amount sufficient to avoid degrading the subsequent usability of the wafer 9, the residue of the protective film 13 can be removed from the inner surface 9b of the wafer 9, similar to the case of regeneration method 1.

藉由再生方法2將晶圓9再生後,例如,如圖7D所示,能夠在經再生之晶圓9的內面9b再貼附相較於已剝離的保護膜形成膜為另外準備的保護膜形成用複合片101中的保護膜形成膜13。此處雖然與最初貼附的情況同樣是針對將保護膜形成用複合片101中的保護膜形成膜13進行再貼附的情況來顯示,但亦可將保護膜形成用複合片101以外的保護膜形成用複合片(例如,圖3至圖5所示之保護膜形成用複合片102、保護膜形成用複合片103或保護膜形成用複合片104)中的保護膜形成膜進行再貼附。亦即,保護膜形成膜13等之保護膜形成膜的再貼附是藉由保護膜形成用複合片101等之保護膜形成用複合片的貼附來進行。 After the wafer 9 is regenerated by regeneration method 2, for example, as shown in FIG. 7D, a protective film forming film 13, which is separately prepared from the protective film forming film that has been peeled off, can be reattached to the inner surface 9b of the regenerated wafer 9. Although this is shown as the case of reattaching the protective film forming film 13 in the protective film forming composite sheet 101, it is also possible to reattach the protective film forming film in protective film forming composite sheets other than the protective film forming composite sheet 101 (for example, the protective film forming composite sheets 102, 103, or 104 shown in FIG. 3 to 5). That is, the re-attachment of the protective film forming film 13, etc., is performed by attaching a protective film forming composite sheet, such as a protective film forming composite sheet 101.

再者,亦可代替保護膜形成用複合片101中的保護膜形成膜13而將具剝離膜之保護膜形成膜13(例如,具備有第2剝離膜152之保護膜形成膜13或具備有第1剝離膜151之保護膜形成膜13)再貼附至晶圓9的內面9b。 Furthermore, a protective film forming film 13 with a release liner (e.g., a protective film forming film 13 with a second release liner 152 or a protective film forming film 13 with a first release liner 151) can be attached to the inner surface 9b of the wafer 9, instead of the protective film forming film 13 in the protective film forming composite 101.

上述之保護膜形成用複合片101中的保護膜形成膜13等之保護膜形成膜朝晶圓9的再貼附,例如能夠利用與先前已說明之保護膜形成膜13最初朝晶圓9之貼附的情況相同的方法來進行。 The reattachment of the protective film forming film 13, etc., in the aforementioned protective film forming composite 101 to the wafer 9 can, for example, be performed using the same method as the initial attachment of the protective film forming film 13 to the wafer 9, as previously described.

本實施形態中,藉由保護膜形成用複合片101中的保護膜形成膜13的再貼附,可獲得支撐片10、保護膜形成膜13及晶圓9依序在這些層的厚度方向上積層而構成之積層複合片401。在使用保護膜形成用複合片101中的保護膜形成膜13以外的保護膜形成膜的情況,亦可獲得同樣的積層複合片。並且,藉由使用積層複合片401等的積層複合片,能夠製造目標之具保護膜之晶片。 In this embodiment, by reattaching the protective film forming film 13 to the protective film forming composite 101, a multilayer composite 401 can be obtained, consisting of a support sheet 10, a protective film forming film 13, and a wafer 9 sequentially deposited in the thickness direction of these layers. The same multilayer composite can also be obtained when using a protective film forming film other than the protective film forming film 13 in the protective film forming composite 101. Furthermore, by using multilayer composites such as the multilayer composite 401, a target chip with a protective film can be manufactured.

◇具保護膜之晶片之製造方法(保護膜形成膜以及保護膜形成用複合片之使用方法) ◇Manufacturing method of wafers with protective films (method of using protective film forming film and composite wafer for protective film forming)

前述保護膜形成膜以及保護膜形成用複合片能夠用於製造前述具保護膜之晶片。 The aforementioned protective film forming film and the composite sheet for forming the protective film can be used to manufacture the aforementioned wafer with a protective film.

[製造方法1] [Manufacturing Method 1]

作為在對晶圓的內面貼附未構成保護膜形成用複合片之保護膜形成膜的情況的具保護膜之晶片之製造方法(本說明書中,有時稱為「製造方法1」),可舉出下述具保護膜之晶片之製造方法:前述保護膜係由未構成前述保護膜形成用複合片之前述保護膜形成膜所形成,在前述保護膜形成膜為硬化性的情況,前述保護膜形成膜的硬化物為前述保護膜,而在前述保護膜形成膜為非硬化性的情況,貼附至前述晶圓的內面後的前述保護膜形成膜為前述保護膜,前述具保 護膜之晶片之製造方法具有下述步驟:將前述保護膜形成膜貼附至前述晶圓的內面,藉此製作於前述晶圓的內面設置有(積層有)前述保護膜形成膜或保護膜的第1積層體之貼附步驟;前述貼附步驟之後,在前述保護膜形成膜或保護膜之與前述晶圓側為相反側之面、或者在前述晶圓之與前述保護膜形成膜側或保護膜側為相反側之面來積層切割片之積層步驟;前述積層步驟之後,藉由將前述晶圓進行分割(切割)來製作前述晶片之分割步驟;前述積層步驟之後,將前述保護膜形成膜或保護膜進行切斷之切斷步驟;以及,將具備有切斷後的前述保護膜形成膜或保護膜之前述晶片自前述切割片扯離來進行拾取之拾取步驟;前述保護膜形成膜為硬化性的情況,在前述貼附步驟之後,進而具有使前述保護膜形成膜進行硬化,藉此形成前述保護膜之硬化步驟。 As a method for manufacturing a wafer with a protective film (sometimes referred to as "manufacturing method 1" in this specification) in which a protective film forming film that does not constitute a protective film forming composite is attached to the inner surface of a wafer, the following method for manufacturing a wafer with a protective film can be cited: the protective film is formed from the aforementioned protective film forming film that does not constitute the aforementioned protective film forming composite; if the aforementioned protective film forming film is hardened, the hardened form of the aforementioned protective film forming film is the aforementioned protective film; and if the aforementioned protective film forming film is non-hardened, the aforementioned protective film forming film attached to the inner surface of the aforementioned wafer is the aforementioned protective film. The method for manufacturing a wafer with a protective film includes the following steps: attaching the aforementioned protective film forming film to the inner surface of the aforementioned wafer, thereby creating a protective film forming film that is provided (layered) on the inner surface of the aforementioned wafer. The first laminate of the film or protective film is attached; after the attachment step, a lamination step of depositing a diced wafer is performed on the side of the protective film that is opposite to the wafer side, or on the side of the wafer that is opposite to the protective film side; after the lamination step, a dicing step of fabricating the wafer by dicing (cutting) the wafer; the aforementioned lamination step is followed by a first laminate of the protective film or protective film. Following the layering step, a cutting step is performed to cut the aforementioned protective film forming film or protective film; and a picking step is performed to pick up the aforementioned wafer, which has the cut protective film forming film or protective film, from the aforementioned dicing sheet; if the aforementioned protective film forming film is curable, after the aforementioned attachment step, a curing step is performed to harden the aforementioned protective film forming film, thereby forming the aforementioned protective film.

前述製造方法1亦可在前述貼附步驟與前述拾取步驟之間,進而具有對前述第1積層體中的前述保護膜形成膜或保護膜,從前述保護膜形成膜或保護膜之與前述晶圓側為相反側的外部直接或隔著前述切割片照射雷射光,藉此於前述保護膜形成膜或保護膜進行印字之印字步驟。 The aforementioned manufacturing method 1 may also include, between the aforementioned attaching step and the aforementioned picking step, a printing step whereby laser light is irradiated directly or through the aforementioned dicing blade onto the aforementioned protective film forming film or protective film in the aforementioned first laminate, on the protective film forming film or protective film opposite to the aforementioned wafer side, thereby printing text onto the aforementioned protective film forming film or protective film.

在前述積層步驟之前具有前述印字步驟的情況,較佳為前述積層步驟中,成為切割片的積層対象之保護膜形成膜或保護膜的面為在印字步驟進行印字的面。 In cases where the aforementioned printing step precedes the aforementioned lamination step, it is preferable that in the aforementioned lamination step, the protective film forming film, or the surface of the protective film, which becomes the lamination object of the cutting sheet, is the surface on which the printing is performed in the printing step.

前述切割片可為公知的切割片,亦可與前述支撐片相同。 The aforementioned cutting disc can be a known cutting disc, or it can be the same as the aforementioned support disc.

前述積層步驟能夠利用公知的方法來進行。 The aforementioned layering steps can be performed using well-known methods.

本實施形態中,較佳為在前述積層步驟後,同時進行前述分割步驟與前述切斷步驟,或是進行前述分割步驟之後再進行前述切斷步驟。 In this embodiment, it is preferable to perform the aforementioned segmentation step and the aforementioned cutting step simultaneously after the aforementioned layering step, or to perform the aforementioned segmentation step followed by the aforementioned cutting step.

本實施形態中,不論晶圓的分割、保護膜形成膜或保護膜的切斷其順序為何,在不中斷且藉由相同操作連續地進行的情況,則視為同時進行分割步驟及切斷步驟。 In this embodiment, regardless of the order of wafer dicing, protective film formation, or protective film cutting, if the operations are performed continuously without interruption by the same steps, the dicing and cutting steps are considered to be performed simultaneously.

前述分割步驟及切斷步驟皆能夠依進行這些步驟的順序而利用公知的方法來進行。 The aforementioned segmentation and cutting steps can both be performed using known methods, in the order they are performed.

在進行分割步驟之後再進行切斷步驟的情況,尤其是晶圓為半導體晶圓的情況,晶圓的分割(換言之為單片化)例如能夠藉由隱形切割(Stealth Dicing)(註冊商標)或雷射切割等來進行。 In cases where a dicing step is performed followed by a cutting step, especially when the wafer is a semiconductor wafer, wafer dicing (in other words, monolithization) can be achieved, for example, through stealth dicing (registered trademark) or laser dicing.

所謂隱形切割(註冊商標)係如以下之方法。亦即,首先於半導體晶圓的內部設定分割預定部位,以該部位作為焦點並以朝該焦點聚焦之方式照射雷射光,藉此於半導體晶圓的內部形成改質層。半導體晶圓的改質層與半導體晶圓的其他部位不同,已藉由照射雷射光而變質,強度變弱。因此,藉由對半導體晶圓施加力,而於半導體晶圓的內部的改質層產生沿著半導體晶圓的雙面方向延伸之龜裂,成為半導體晶圓之分割之起點。繼而,對半導體晶圓施加力,於前述改質層的部位分割半導體晶圓,製作半導體晶片。 Stealth dicing (registered trademark) is a method as follows: First, a predetermined dicing area is defined inside a semiconductor wafer. Laser light is then focused onto this area, forming a modified layer inside the semiconductor wafer. Unlike other parts of the semiconductor wafer, this modified layer has been altered and weakened by laser light irradiation. Therefore, by applying force to the semiconductor wafer, cracks extending along both sides of the wafer are created in the modified layer, becoming the starting point for dicing the semiconductor wafer. Then, force is applied to the semiconductor wafer to dice it at the aforementioned modified layer, thus fabricating a semiconductor chip.

於進行分割步驟之後再進行切斷步驟的情況,保護膜形成膜或保護膜的切斷例如可藉由將保護膜形成膜或保護膜沿相對於晶片貼附面為平行的方向拉伸(即所謂擴展)來進行。經擴展之保護膜形成膜或保護膜係沿著晶片的外周被切斷。這種利用擴展之切斷較佳為於-20℃至5℃等的低溫下進行。 When the cutting step is performed after the dicing step, the cutting of the protective film can be performed, for example, by stretching the protective film in a direction parallel to the wafer attachment surface (i.e., expansion). The expanded protective film is cut along the outer periphery of the wafer. This cutting using expansion is preferably performed at a low temperature, such as -20°C to 5°C.

在同時進行分割步驟及切斷步驟的情況,可藉由使用刀片之刀片切割、利用雷射照射之雷射切割、或利用包含研磨劑之水的噴附之水切割等各切割,來同時進行晶圓的分割及保護膜形成膜或保護膜的切斷。 When performing both dicing and cutting steps simultaneously, wafer dicing and protective film formation or cutting can be achieved simultaneously through various cutting methods such as blade cutting, laser cutting using laser irradiation, or water cutting using water spray containing abrasive.

另外,亦可將藉由隱形切割(註冊商標)形成改質層且未進行分割之半導體晶圓與保護膜形成膜或保護膜一併利用與上述相同的方法進行擴展,藉此同時進行半導體晶圓的分割及保護膜形成膜或保護膜的切斷。 Alternatively, a semiconductor wafer with a modified layer formed by stealth dicing (registered trademark) but not yet diced, along with a protective film or protective film, can be extended using the same method as described above, thereby simultaneously dicing the semiconductor wafer and cutting the protective film or protective film.

在進行切斷步驟之後再進行分割步驟的情況,藉由與上述相同的各切割時的方法,能夠不分割晶圓而切斷保護膜形成膜或保護膜,繼而能夠藉由斷裂或與上述相同的各切割時的方法來分割晶圓。 In cases where a dicing step is performed after a cutting step, the protective film formation film or protective film can be cut without dicing the wafer by using the same methods described above for each cutting step. Subsequently, the wafer can be diced by fracture or by using the same methods described above for each cutting step.

前述拾取步驟中,具備有切斷後的保護膜形成膜或保護膜之晶片能夠藉由使用真空筒夾之方法等公知的方法作為扯離手段而自切割片扯離。 In the aforementioned pick-up step, the wafer with the cut protective film forming film or protective film can be separated from the diced wafer by known methods such as vacuum clamping.

製造方法(1)除了前述貼附步驟、硬化步驟、印字步驟、積層步驟、分割步驟、切斷步驟、以及拾取步驟之各步驟以外,亦可具有不相當於這些步驟中任一種之其他步驟。 Manufacturing method (1) may include, in addition to the aforementioned steps of attaching, hardening, printing, laminating, dividing, cutting, and picking, other steps that are not equivalent to any of these steps.

前述其他步驟的種類及進行該步驟的時機能夠依目的而任意地選擇,沒有特別限定。 The types of the aforementioned steps and the timing of performing them can be chosen arbitrarily depending on the purpose, without any particular limitation.

[製造方法2] [Manufacturing Method 2]

作為在對晶圓的內面貼附保護膜形成用複合片中的保護膜形成膜的情況的具保護膜之晶片之製造方法(本說明書中,有時稱為「製造方法2」),可舉出下述具保護膜之晶片之製造方法:前述保護膜係由前述保護膜形成用複合片中的前述保護膜形成膜所形成,在前述保護膜形成膜為硬化性的情況,前述保護膜形成膜的硬化物為前述保護膜,而在前述保護膜形成膜為非硬化性的情況,貼附至前述晶圓的內面後的前述保護膜形成膜為前述保護膜,前述具保護膜之晶片之製造方法具有下述步驟:將前述保護膜形成用複合片中的前述保護膜形成膜貼附至前述晶圓的內面,藉此製作於前述晶圓的內面設置有(積層有)前述保護 膜形成用複合片的第2積層體之貼附步驟;前述貼附步驟之後,藉由將前述晶圓進行分割來製作前述晶片之分割步驟;前述貼附步驟之後,將前述保護膜形成膜或保護膜進行切斷之切斷步驟;以及,將具備有切斷後的前述保護膜形成膜或保護膜之前述晶片自前述支撐片扯離來進行拾取之拾取步驟;前述保護膜形成膜為硬化性的情況,在前述貼附步驟之後,進而具有使前述保護膜形成膜進行硬化,藉此形成前述保護膜之硬化步驟。 As a method for manufacturing a wafer with a protective film (sometimes referred to as "manufacturing method 2" in this specification) in which a protective film forming composite is attached to the inner surface of a wafer, the following method for manufacturing a wafer with a protective film can be described: the protective film is formed from the aforementioned protective film forming film in the aforementioned protective film forming composite; if the aforementioned protective film forming film is hardened, the hardened form of the aforementioned protective film forming film is the aforementioned protective film; and if the aforementioned protective film forming film is non-hardened, the aforementioned protective film forming film attached to the inner surface of the aforementioned wafer is the aforementioned protective film. The method for manufacturing a wafer with a protective film includes the following steps: attaching the protective film forming film to the inner surface of the aforementioned protective film forming composite... The process includes: an attachment step where the protective film is attached to the inner surface of the wafer to create a second laminate on the inner surface of the wafer, on which the protective film forming composite is deposited; a dicing step where the wafer is diced to create a wafer after the attachment step; a cutting step where the protective film is cut after the attachment step; and a picking step where the wafer having the cut protective film is peeled off from the support sheet; if the protective film is hardenable, a hardening step where the protective film is hardened after the attachment step to form the protective film.

前述製造方法2亦可在前述貼附步驟之後,進而具有對前述第2積層體之中前述保護膜形成用複合片中的前述保護膜形成膜或保護膜,從前述保護膜形成用複合片之前述支撐片側的外部照射雷射光,藉此於前述保護膜形成膜或保護膜進行印字之印字步驟。 The aforementioned manufacturing method 2 may also, after the aforementioned attachment step, include a printing step whereby laser light is irradiated from the outside of the aforementioned protective film forming film or protective film in the aforementioned protective film forming composite sheet within the aforementioned second laminate, from the side of the aforementioned protective film forming composite sheet, thereby printing text onto the aforementioned protective film forming film or protective film.

製造方法2除了使用保護膜形成用複合片來代替未構成保護膜形成用複合片之保護膜形成膜這點、及不進行前述積層步驟這點以外,係與製造方法1相同,亦可視需要而追加與製造方法1的情況不同之其他步驟來進行。 Manufacturing method 2 is identical to manufacturing method 1, except that it uses a protective film forming composite sheet instead of a protective film forming film that does not constitute a protective film forming composite sheet, and it omits the aforementioned lamination step. Other steps different from those in manufacturing method 1 may be added as needed.

◇基板裝置之製造方法(具保護膜之晶片之使用方法) ◇Manufacturing Method of Substrate Device (Use of Chips with Protective Film)

藉由上述的製造方法而獲得具保護膜之晶片後,除了使用該具保護膜之晶片來代替習知的具保護膜之晶片這點以外,能夠利用與習知的基板裝置的製造方法相同的方法來製造基板裝置。 After obtaining a chip with a protective film using the above-described manufacturing method, the substrate device can be manufactured using the same method as that used in the conventional substrate device manufacturing process, except that the chip with the protective film can be used instead of a conventional chip with a protective film.

作為這樣的基板裝置的製造方法,例如可舉出一種具有覆晶連接步驟之製造方法,前述覆晶連接步驟係藉由讓使用前述保護膜形成膜而獲得的具保護膜之晶片上的突狀電極接觸到電路基板上的連接墊,而電性連接前述突狀電極與前述電路基板上的連接墊。 As a method for manufacturing such a substrate device, one example is a method including a flip-chip interconnect step. This flip-chip interconnect step involves electrically connecting the protruding electrodes on a protective film-coated wafer (obtained by forming a protective film using the aforementioned protective film) to connection pads on a circuit substrate.

[實施例] [Implementation Example]

以下,藉由具體的實施例來針對本發明更詳細地進行說明。不過,本發明完全不受限於以下所示之實施例。 The present invention will now be described in more detail with specific examples. However, the present invention is not limited to the examples shown below.

[樹脂的製造原料] [Raw materials for resin production]

以下表示在本實施例及比較例中簡寫之樹脂的製造原料的正式名稱。 The following are the formal names of the raw materials used in the manufacture of resins, as abbreviated in this embodiment and comparative example.

MA:丙烯酸甲酯 MA: Methyl acrylate

HEA:丙烯酸2-羥乙酯 HEA: 2-Hydroxyethyl acrylate

2EHA:丙烯酸2-乙基己酯 2EHA: 2-Ethylhexyl acrylate

GMA:甲基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯 GMA: Glyceryl methacrylate

AAc:丙烯酸 AAc: Acrylic acid

MMA:甲基丙烯酸甲酯 MMA: Methyl methacrylate

[保護膜形成用組成物的製造原料] [Raw materials for manufacturing components for protective film formation]

以下表示用於製造保護膜形成用組成物之原料。 The following describes the raw materials used in the manufacture of components for forming protective films.

[聚合物成分(A)] [Polymer Component (A)]

(A)-1:將2EHA(65質量份)、MA(14質量份)、GMA(5質量份)、AAc(1質量份)及HEA(15質量份)共聚而成之丙烯酸聚合物(重量平均分子量850000,玻璃轉移溫度-49℃) (A)-1: An acrylic polymer copolymer (weight average molecular weight 850,000, glass transition temperature -49°C) synthesized from 2EHA (65 parts by mass), MA (14 parts by mass), GMA (5 parts by mass), AAc (1 part by mass), and HEA (15 parts by mass).

(A)-2:將2EHA(65質量份)、MMA(25質量份)及HEA(10質量份)共聚而成之丙烯酸聚合物(重量平均分子量500000,玻璃轉移溫度-38℃) (A)-2: An acrylic polymer (weight average molecular weight 500,000, glass transition temperature -38°C) copolymerized from 2EHA (65 parts by mass), MMA (25 parts by mass), and HEA (10 parts by mass).

(A)-3:丙烯酸共聚物(Nagase ChemteX公司製造的「TEISANRESIN SG-P3」) (A)-3: Acrylic acid copolymer (TEISANRESIN SG-P3 manufactured by Nagase ChemteX)

(A)-4:將MA(87質量份)及HEA(13質量份)共聚而成之丙烯酸聚合物(重量平均分子量500000,玻璃轉移溫度6℃) (A)-4: An acrylic polymer copolymerized from MA (87 parts by mass) and HEA (13 parts by mass) (weight average molecular weight 500,000, glass transition temperature 6°C)

(A)-5:將MA(97質量份)及HEA(3質量份)共聚而成之丙烯酸聚合物(重量平均分子量500000,玻璃轉移溫度9℃) (A)-5: An acrylic polymer copolymerized from MA (97 parts by mass) and HEA (3 parts by mass) (weight average molecular weight 500,000, glass transition temperature 9°C)

[環氧樹脂(B1)] [Epoxy Resin (B1)]

(B1)-1:雙酚A型環氧樹脂(三菱化學公司製造的「jER828」,環氧當量184g/eq至194g/eq) (B1)-1: Bisphenol A type epoxy resin (Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation "jER828", epoxy equivalent 184 g/eq to 194 g/eq)

(B1)-2:雙酚A型環氧樹脂(三菱化學公司製造的「jER834」,環氧當量230g/eq至270g/eq) (B1)-2: Bisphenol A type epoxy resin (manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Co., Ltd., "jER834", epoxy equivalent 230 g/eq to 270 g/eq)

(B1)-3:二環戊二烯型環氧樹脂(DIC公司製造「EPICLON HP-7200」,環氧當量254g/eq至264g/eq) (B1)-3: Dicyclopentadiene-type epoxy resin (manufactured by DIC, "EPICLON HP-7200", epoxy equivalent 254g/eq to 264g/eq)

(B1)-4:二環戊二烯型環氧樹脂(日本化藥公司製造的「XD-1000」),環氧當量245g/eq至260g/eq) (B1)-4: Dicyclopentadiene-type epoxy resin ("XD-1000" manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), epoxy equivalent 245 g/eq to 260 g/eq)

[熱硬化劑(B2)] [Thermosetting agent (B2)]

(B2)-1:雙氰胺(熱活性潛伏性環氧樹脂硬化劑,三菱化學公司製造的「DICY7」) (B2)-1: Dicyandiamide (a thermally active latent epoxy resin hardener, manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation as "DICY7")

[硬化促進劑(C)] [Hardening Accelerator (C)]

(C)-1:2-苯基-4,5-二羥基甲基咪唑(四國化成工業公司製造的「CUREZOL 2PHZ」) (C)-1: 2-Phenylon-4,5-Dihydroxymethylimidazol (CUREZOL 2PHZ, manufactured by Shikoku Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.)

[填充材(D)] [Fill Material (D)]

(D)-1:二氧化矽填料(Admatechs公司製造的「SC2050MA」,以環氧系化合物加以表面修飾而成之球狀二氧化矽填料,平均粒徑0.5μm) (D)-1: Silica filler (SC2050MA manufactured by Admatechs, a spherical silica filler with surface modification using epoxy compounds, with an average particle size of 0.5 μm )

[偶合劑(E)] [Coupler(E)]

(E)-1:具有環氧基、甲基及甲氧基之低聚物型矽烷偶合劑(信越化學工業公司製造的「X-41-1056」,環氧當量280g/eq) (E)-1: An oligomeric silane coupling agent with epoxy, methyl, and methoxy groups (Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., "X-41-1056", epoxy equivalent 280 g/eq)

[著色劑(I)] [Colorant (I)]

(I)-1:有機系黑色顏料(大日精化工業公司製造的「6377 Black」) (I)-1: Organic black pigment ("6377 Black" manufactured by Daiichi Seika Co., Ltd.)

[實施例1] [Implementation Example 1]

[保護膜形成膜之製造] [Manufacturing of Protective Film Forming Film]

[保護膜形成用組成物(III)-1之製造] [Manufacturing of Component (III)-1 for Protective Film Formation]

將聚合物成分(A)-1(25質量份)、環氧樹脂(B1)-1(10質量份)、環氧樹脂(B1)-3(5質量份)、熱硬化劑(B2)-1(0.1質量份)、硬化促進劑(C)-1(0.1質量份)、填充材(D)-1(57.5質量份)、偶合劑(E)-1(0.3質量份)及著色劑(I)-1(2質量份)溶解或分散於甲基乙基酮,在23℃進行攪拌,藉此獲得了溶媒以外之全部成分的合計濃度為60質量%之熱硬化性的保護膜形成用組成物(III)-1。此處所示之甲基乙基酮以外之成分的調配量係全部為不含溶媒之目標物的調配量。 Polymer component (A)-1 (25 parts by mass), epoxy resin (B1)-1 (10 parts by mass), epoxy resin (B1)-3 (5 parts by mass), thermosetting agent (B2)-1 (0.1 parts by mass), curing accelerator (C)-1 (0.1 parts by mass), filler (D)-1 (57.5 parts by mass), coupling agent (E)-1 (0.3 parts by mass), and colorant (I)-1 (2 parts by mass) were dissolved or dispersed in methyl ethyl ketone and stirred at 23°C to obtain a thermosetting protective film forming composition (III)-1 with a total concentration of 60% by mass for all components except the solvent. The amounts of components other than methyl ethyl ketone shown here are all solvent-free target amounts.

[保護膜形成膜之製造] [Manufacturing of Protective Film Forming Film]

使用聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯製膜的單面藉由聚矽氧處理進行了剝離處理之剝離膜(第2剝離膜,琳得科公司製造的「SP-PET502150」,厚度50μm),於前述剝離膜的前述剝離處理面塗敷上述獲得之保護膜形成用組成物(III)-1,於100℃乾燥2分鐘,藉此製造成厚度40μm之熱硬化性的保護膜形成膜。 A protective film forming component (III)-1, obtained above, is formed by applying a single-sided polysiloxane-treated peel film (second peel film, "SP-PET502150" manufactured by Lintec Corporation, with a thickness of 50 μm ) to the peeled side of the aforementioned peel film and drying it at 100 ° C for 2 minutes.

進而,於所獲得之保護膜形成膜中之不具備第2剝離膜之側的露出面以貼附速度2m/min、貼附溫度60℃、貼附壓力0.5MPa的條件貼合剝離膜(第1剝離膜,琳得科公司製造的「SP-PET381031」,厚度38μm)的剝離處理面,藉此獲得具剝離膜之保護膜形成膜,此具剝離膜之保護膜形成膜係具備保護膜形成膜、設置於前述保護膜形成膜之一側的面之第1剝離膜、及設置於前述保護膜形成膜之另一側的面之第2剝離膜而構成者。 Furthermore, the exposed surface of the protective film forming film without the second release membrane is bonded to the release treatment surface of the release membrane (the first release membrane, "SP-PET381031" manufactured by Lintec Corporation, with a thickness of 38 μm ) under the conditions of a bonding speed of 2 m/min, a bonding temperature of 60°C, and a bonding pressure of 0.5 MPa, thereby obtaining a protective film forming film with a release membrane. This protective film forming film with a release membrane is composed of a protective film forming film, a first release membrane disposed on one side of the aforementioned protective film forming film, and a second release membrane disposed on the other side of the aforementioned protective film forming film.

[保護膜形成膜之評價] [Evaluation of Protective Film Formation]

[表面粗糙度(Ra)之測定] [Measurement of Surface Roughness (Ra)]

自上述所獲得的具剝離膜之保護膜形成膜中的保護膜形成膜移除第1剝離膜。然後,針對藉此而產生的保護膜形成膜的露出面(成為朝晶圓的貼附面之面;第1面),使用光干涉式表面形狀測定裝置(Veeco Metrology Group公司製造的「WYKO NT1100」)並以以下的測定條件,依據ANSI/ASME B46.1來測定表面粗糙度(Ra)。將結果顯示於表1。 The first release film is removed from the protective film forming film with the release film obtained above. Then, the surface roughness (Ra) of the exposed surface of the protective film forming film (the surface facing the wafer; the first surface) is measured according to ANSI/ASME B46.1 using an optical interferometry surface shape measuring device (WYKO NT1100 manufactured by Veeco Metrology Group) under the following measurement conditions. The results are shown in Table 1.

[測定條件] [Testing Conditions]

接物透鏡倍率:10倍 Magnification of the lens: 10x

內置透鏡倍率:1倍 Built-in lens magnification: 1x

模式:PSI(Phase-Shifting Interferometry;相移干涉) Mode: PSI (Phase-Shifting Interferometry)

測定面積:0.35mm2 Measurement area: 0.35 mm²

[應變(0.1N/mm2)及應變(0.6N/mm2)之測定] [Determination of strain (0.1 N/ mm² ) and strain (0.6 N/ mm² )]

使用上述所獲得之5片的具剝離膜之保護膜形成膜,一邊移除這些具剝離膜之保護膜形成膜的第1剝離膜或第2剝離膜,一邊依次貼合保護膜形成膜的露出面彼此,藉此製作成第2剝離膜、5片的保護膜形成膜(合計厚度200μm)、及第2剝離膜依序積層而構成的積層物。然後,自此積層物切出寬度為15mm的切片。 Using the five protective film forming membranes with peelable membranes obtained above, while removing the first or second peelable membrane of these protective film forming membranes, the exposed surfaces of the protective film forming membranes are sequentially laminated together to create a laminate consisting of a second peelable membrane, five protective film forming membranes (total thickness 200 μm ), and the second peelable membrane. Then, slices with a width of 15 mm are cut from this laminate.

其次,由此切片移除最表面的2片第2剝離膜,將獲得的積層物作為試驗片。 Next, the two outermost layers of the second exfoliating membrane were removed from this section, and the resulting laminate was used as a test piece.

對上述所獲得之試驗片(厚度200μm),取出30mm的間隔安裝一對(2個)夾持具,藉此以2處來保持試驗片。然後,使用精密萬能試驗機(島津製作所製造的「Autograph AG-IS」)進行拉伸試驗(藉由前述夾持具於前述2處之間在相對於試驗片的表面為平行的方向上,以速度1000mm/min來拉伸試驗片)。此 拉伸試驗係在前述試驗片的應變成為350%的階段結束。然後在這之間測定應變(0.1N/mm2)及應變(0.6N/mm2)。將結果顯示於表1。 For the obtained test piece (200 μm thick), a pair (2) of clamps were installed at 30 mm intervals to hold the test piece at two points. Then, a tensile test was performed using a precision universal testing machine (Shimadzu Autograph AG-IS). The test piece was stretched at a speed of 1000 mm/min between the two clamps in a direction parallel to the surface of the test piece. This tensile test ended when the strain of the test piece reached 350%. The strain (0.1 N/ mm² ) and strain (0.6 N/ mm² ) were then measured. The results are shown in Table 1.

[晶圓之再生適性之評價] [Evaluation of Wafer Recyclability]

保護膜形成膜之成為貼附面的面(以下稱為「內面」)以#340加以磨削,準備了磨削面成為比通常還要粗糙之直徑為200mm且厚度為350μm的矽晶圓。 The protective film forming film is formed by grinding the surface that becomes the attachment surface (hereinafter referred to as the "inner surface") with #340, which prepares a silicon wafer with a diameter of 200 mm and a thickness of 350 μm that is rougher than usual.

自上述所獲得的具剝離膜之保護膜形成膜,切出比此矽晶圓的直徑還小5mm之直徑的具剝離膜之保護膜形成膜,進而自保護膜形成膜移除第1剝離膜,使保護膜形成膜之一側的面露出。 From the protective film with a release membrane obtained above, cut out a protective film with a diameter 5 mm smaller than the diameter of the silicon wafer. Then remove the first release membrane from the protective film forming membrane, exposing one side of the protective film forming membrane.

繼而,使此保護膜形成膜的露出面(第1面)面對矽晶圓的內面(磨削面),一邊將保護膜形成膜加熱至70℃,一邊以貼附速度0.3m/min、貼附壓力0.3MPa的條件使用輥來貼附至矽晶圓的內面。此時,保護膜形成膜及矽晶圓以成為同心狀的方式進行定位。 Next, with the exposed surface (first surface) of the protective film facing the inner surface (grinding surface) of the silicon wafer, the protective film is heated to 70°C and then adhered to the inner surface of the silicon wafer using a roller at a bonding speed of 0.3 m/min and a bonding pressure of 0.3 MPa. At this point, the protective film and the silicon wafer are positioned concentrically.

其次,自貼附後的保護膜形成膜移除第2剝離膜,在藉此產生的保護膜形成膜的露出面(與朝矽晶圓的貼附面為相反側之面;第2面)整面,使用刮板來貼附琳得科公司製造的「D-841」(以下,方便起見稱為「剝離帶」)作為剝離帶。然後,使用紫外線照射裝置,以照度230mW/cm2、光量190mJ/cm2的條件對剝離帶照射紫外線,使剝離帶硬化。 Next, after the protective film is applied, the second peeling film is removed. On the exposed side of the protective film formed therefrom (the side opposite to the side facing the silicon wafer; the second side), a "D-841" (hereinafter referred to as "peeling tape") manufactured by Lintec Corporation is applied as a peeling tape using a scraper. Then, the peeling tape is irradiated with ultraviolet light at an illuminance of 230 mW/ cm² and a light intensity of 190 mJ/ cm² to harden the peeling tape.

繼而,自矽晶圓的內面將保護膜形成膜及剝離帶的積層物進行剝離,確認在此內面的保護膜形成膜之殘留的程度。 Next, the protective film and the deposits on the stripping layer are peeled off from the inner surface of the silicon wafer to determine the extent of protective film residue on the inner surface.

其次,在矽晶圓的內面雖僅些許但殘留有保護膜形成膜的情況,進而在前述內面的對應部位再貼附前述剝離帶(琳得科公司製造的「D-841」),以與上述相同條件對剝離帶照射紫外線,使剝離帶硬化。然後,自矽晶圓的內 面將剝離帶進行剝離,藉此嘗試自此內面去除保護膜形成膜之殘留物。然後,確認在此內面的保護膜形成膜之殘留的程度。 Secondly, even if only a small amount of protective film remains on the inner surface of the silicon wafer, a peeling tape (Lintec's "D-841") is attached to the corresponding area on the inner surface. The peeling tape is then irradiated with ultraviolet light under the same conditions to harden it. Then, the peeling tape is peeled off from the inner surface of the silicon wafer to attempt to remove any remaining protective film. The extent of the remaining protective film on the inner surface is then assessed.

繼而,依照下述基準,評價保護膜形成膜的晶圓之再生適性。將結果顯示於表1。 Next, the regeneration suitability of the wafers from which the protective film was formed was evaluated according to the following criteria. The results are shown in Table 1.

[評價基準] [Evaluation Criteria]

A:在晶圓的內面完全沒看到保護膜形成膜的殘留物,不需再貼附剝離帶。 A: No protective film residue was observed on the inner surface of the wafer, so there is no need to apply a release tape.

B1:在晶圓的內面有看到保護膜形成膜的殘留物,但該區域的面積佔晶圓的內面總面積的10%以下,藉由再貼附的剝離帶能夠完全去除前述殘留物。 B1: Residues of the protective film formation are observed on the inner surface of the wafer, but the area of this region is less than 10% of the total inner surface area of the wafer. These residues can be completely removed using a reattached peel-off tape.

B2:在晶圓的內面有看到保護膜形成膜的殘留物,而該區域的面積雖然佔晶圓的內面總面積的10%以下,但藉由再貼附的剝離帶未能完全去除前述殘留物。 B2: Residues of the protective film formation layer were observed on the inner surface of the wafer. Although this area accounts for less than 10% of the total inner surface area of the wafer, the reattached peeling tape was unable to completely remove the aforementioned residues.

C1:在晶圓的內面有看到保護膜形成膜的殘留物,而該區域的面積雖然佔晶圓的內面總面積的超過10%至40%以下,但藉由再貼附的剝離帶能夠完全去除前述殘留物。 C1: Residues of the protective film formation are observed on the inner surface of the wafer. Although this area accounts for more than 10% to less than 40% of the total inner surface area of the wafer, the aforementioned residues can be completely removed by reattaching a peel-off tape.

C2:在晶圓的內面有看到保護膜形成膜的殘留物,而該區域的面積佔晶圓的內面總面積的超過10%至40%以下,藉由再貼附的剝離帶未能完全去除前述殘留物。 C2: Residues of the protective film formation layer are observed on the inner surface of the wafer, and this area accounts for more than 10% to less than 40% of the total inner surface area of the wafer. The reattached peeling tape was unable to completely remove these residues.

D:在晶圓的內面有看到保護膜形成膜的殘留物,而該區域的面積佔晶圓的內面總面積的超過40%至80%以下。 D: Residues of the protective film formation were observed on the inner surface of the wafer, and this area accounted for more than 40% to less than 80% of the total inner surface area of the wafer.

E:在晶圓的內面有看到保護膜形成膜的殘留物,而該區域的面積佔晶圓的內面總面積的超過80%。 E: Residues of the protective film formation were observed on the inner surface of the wafer, and this area accounts for more than 80% of the total inner surface area of the wafer.

[保護膜形成膜之製造及評價] [Manufacturing and Evaluation of Protective Film Formation]

[實施例2至實施例7、比較例1至比較例3] [Examples 2 to 7, Comparative Examples 1 to 3]

以保護膜形成膜的含有成分與含量成為如同表1或表2所示般的方式,除了變更調配成分的種類及調配量的至少一種這點以外,藉由與實施例1的情況相同的方法來製造保護膜形成膜並評價。將結果顯示於表1或表2。 The protective film was manufactured and evaluated using the same method as in Example 1, except that at least one of the types and amounts of the formulation components was changed, with the composition and content of the protective film forming film as shown in Table 1 or Table 2. The results are shown in Table 1 or Table 2.

由上述結果可明顯看出,實施例1至實施例7中,保護膜形成膜的晶圓之再生適性為良好。然後,實施例1至實施例7中,在評價保護膜形成膜的晶圓之再生適性時,並未看到矽晶圓的破損。 The results above clearly show that the regeneration suitability of the wafers forming the protective film is good in Examples 1 to 7. Furthermore, in Examples 1 to 7, no silicon wafer damage was observed when evaluating the regeneration suitability of the wafers forming the protective film.

實施例1至實施例7中,保護膜形成膜中成為朝晶圓的貼附面之面的表面粗糙度(Ra)為43nm以下,凹凸度低。然後,前述試驗片的應變(0.1N/mm2)為0.7%以上,前述試驗片的應變(0.6N/mm2)為15.2%以下。實施例1至實施例7的前述試驗片直到前述應變成為350%為止(亦即直到前述拉伸試驗結束為止)並未斷裂。 In Examples 1 to 7, the surface roughness (Ra) of the protective film forming the surface facing the wafer is 43 nm or less, exhibiting low unevenness. Then, the strain (0.1 N/ mm² ) of the aforementioned test piece is 0.7% or more, and the strain (0.6 N/ mm² ) of the aforementioned test piece is 15.2% or less. The aforementioned test pieces in Examples 1 to 7 did not break until the aforementioned strain reached 350% (i.e., until the end of the aforementioned tensile test).

相對於此,比較例1至比較例3中,保護膜形成膜的晶圓之再生適性明顯較差。不過,比較例1至比較例3中,在評價保護膜形成膜的晶圓之再生適性時,並未看到矽晶圓的破損。 In contrast, the regeneration suitability of the wafers forming the protective film in Comparative Examples 1 to 3 was significantly worse. However, in Comparative Examples 1 to 3, no silicon wafer damage was observed when evaluating the regeneration suitability of the wafers forming the protective film.

比較例1至比較例3中,保護膜形成膜中成為朝晶圓的貼附面之面的表面粗糙度(Ra)為42nm以下,與實施例1至實施例7的情況同樣地凹凸度低。但是,比較例1至比較例2中,前述試驗片的應變(0.1N/mm2)為0.2%以下,而比較例3中,前述試驗片的應變(0.6N/mm2)為330%。比較例1至比較例3的前述試驗片直到前述應變成為350%為止並未斷裂。 In Comparative Examples 1 to 3, the surface roughness (Ra) of the protective film forming the surface facing the wafer was 42 nm or less, exhibiting the same low unevenness as in Examples 1 to 7. However, in Comparative Examples 1 to 2, the strain (0.1 N/ mm² ) of the aforementioned test piece was 0.2% or less, while in Comparative Example 3, the strain (0.6 N/ mm² ) of the aforementioned test piece was 330%. The aforementioned test pieces in Comparative Examples 1 to 3 did not break until the aforementioned strain reached 350%.

另外,確認到實施例1至實施例7、比較例1至比較例3的保護膜形成膜全部可藉由熱硬化而正常地形成目標之保護膜。 Furthermore, it was confirmed that the protective film forming films of Examples 1 to 7 and Comparative Examples 1 to 3 could all be normally formed into the target protective film through thermosetting.

[產業可利用性] [Industry Availability]

本發明係可利用於製造以半導體裝置為首之各種基板裝置。 This invention can be used to manufacture various substrate devices, primarily semiconductor devices.

13:保護膜形成膜 13a:保護膜形成膜之一側的面(第1面) 13b:保護膜形成膜之另一側的面(第2面) 151:第1剝離膜 152:第2剝離膜 13: Protective film forming membrane 13a: One side of the protective film forming membrane (side 1) 13b: The other side of the protective film forming membrane (side 2) 151: First peeling membrane 152: Second peeling membrane

Claims (4)

一種保護膜形成膜,係熱硬化性;對前述保護膜形成膜進行了拉伸試驗時,在應力最初成為0.1N/mm2時的應變為0.5%以上,在應力最初成為0.6N/mm2時的應變為200%以下;前述拉伸試驗係將作為複數片的前述保護膜形成膜的積層物之試驗片以2處取出30mm的間隔來保持,於前述2處之間在相對於前述試驗片的表面為平行的方向上,以速度1000mm/min拉伸前述試驗片,測定在前述試驗片所產生的前述應力、及前述試驗片在該拉伸方向上的前述應變;前述保護膜形成膜含有聚合物成分(A)、環氧樹脂(B1)、熱硬化劑(B2)及填充材(D);前述保護膜形成膜中,前述聚合物成分(A)的含量相對於前述保護膜形成膜的總質量之比例為10質量%至85質量%;前述保護膜形成膜中,相對於前述環氧樹脂(B1)的含量100質量份,前述熱硬化劑(B2)的含量為0.1質量份至100質量份;前述保護膜形成膜中,相對於前述聚合物成分(A)、前述環氧樹脂(B1)及前述熱硬化劑(B2)的總含量100質量份,前述環氧樹脂(B1)及前述熱硬化劑(B2)的總含量為10質量份至70質量份;前述保護膜形成膜中,前述填充材(D)的含量相對於前述保護膜形成膜的總質量之比例為15質量%至70質量%。A protective film is formed, which is thermosetting; when the aforementioned protective film is subjected to a tensile test, the strain is more than 0.5% when the stress is initially 0.1 N/ mm² , and more than 0.5% when the stress is initially 0.6 N/mm². The strain at C is less than 200%; the aforementioned tensile test involves holding the test piece, which is a multi-piece laminate of the aforementioned protective film forming film, at two 30mm intervals, and stretching the test piece at a speed of 1000mm/min in a direction parallel to the surface of the test piece between the two intervals. The stress generated in the test piece and the strain of the test piece in the tensile direction are measured; the aforementioned protective film forming film contains polymer component (A), epoxy resin (B1), thermosetting agent (B2), and filler (D); the content of the aforementioned polymer component (A) in the aforementioned protective film forming film is relative to the total content of the aforementioned protective film forming film. The proportion of the amount is 10% to 85% by mass; in the aforementioned protective film forming film, relative to the content of the aforementioned epoxy resin (B1) 100 parts by mass, the content of the aforementioned thermosetting agent (B2) is 0.1 parts by mass to 100 parts by mass; in the aforementioned protective film forming film, relative to the total content of the aforementioned polymer component (A), the aforementioned epoxy resin (B1) and the aforementioned thermosetting agent (B2) 100 parts by mass, the total content of the aforementioned epoxy resin (B1) and the aforementioned thermosetting agent (B2) is 10 parts by mass to 70 parts by mass; in the aforementioned protective film forming film, the proportion of the content of the aforementioned filler (D) relative to the total mass of the aforementioned protective film forming film is 15% by mass to 70% by mass. 如請求項1所記載之保護膜形成膜,其中在前述拉伸試驗中,直到前述應變成為350%為止,前述試驗片不會斷裂。The protective film formed as described in claim 1, wherein in the aforementioned tensile test, the aforementioned test piece does not break until the aforementioned strain becomes 350%. 一種保護膜形成用複合片,係具備:支撐片、以及設置於前述支撐片之一側的面上之保護膜形成膜;前述保護膜形成膜係如請求項1或2所記載之保護膜形成膜。A composite sheet for forming a protective film comprises: a support sheet and a protective film forming film disposed on one side of the support sheet; the protective film forming film is the protective film forming film as described in claim 1 or 2. 一種晶圓之再生方法,係將如請求項1或2所記載之保護膜形成膜、或是如請求項3所記載之保護膜形成用複合片中的保護膜形成膜貼附至晶圓的內面後,將前述保護膜形成膜自前述晶圓的內面進行剝離,而使前述晶圓的內面成為可再貼附前述保護膜形成膜之狀態,藉此將前述晶圓進行再生。A wafer regeneration method involves attaching a protective film forming film as described in claim 1 or 2, or a protective film forming composite as described in claim 3, to the inner surface of a wafer, and then peeling the protective film forming film off the inner surface of the wafer, thereby making the inner surface of the wafer suitable for attaching the protective film forming film again, thus regenerating the wafer.
TW111103483A 2021-03-22 2022-01-27 Protective film formation film, composite film for protective film formation, and wafer regeneration method TWI905373B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2021-047597 2021-03-22
JP2021047597A JP7680233B2 (en) 2021-03-22 2021-03-22 Protective film-forming film, composite sheet for protective film-forming film, and method for recycling wafer

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW202237770A TW202237770A (en) 2022-10-01
TWI905373B true TWI905373B (en) 2025-11-21

Family

ID=

Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2018055859A1 (en) 2016-09-20 2018-03-29 リンテック株式会社 Adhesive sheet for semiconductor processing

Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2018055859A1 (en) 2016-09-20 2018-03-29 リンテック株式会社 Adhesive sheet for semiconductor processing

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP6893500B2 (en) Composite sheet for forming a protective film
JP7014875B2 (en) Method for manufacturing a film for forming a thermosetting protective film, a composite sheet for forming a protective film, and a chip
TW201706387A (en) Composite sheet for forming protective film
TW201938725A (en) Composite sheet for forming protective film and method of manufacturing semiconductor chip having protective film
TWI743361B (en) Resin layer forming film and resin layer forming composite sheet
KR20200145675A (en) Composite sheet for forming protective film, and method of manufacturing semiconductor chip having protective film
JP6464196B2 (en) Resin film forming sheet, resin film forming composite sheet, and silicon wafer recycling method
JPWO2020116275A1 (en) Manufacturing method of composite sheet for forming protective film and semiconductor chip
JP7680233B2 (en) Protective film-forming film, composite sheet for protective film-forming film, and method for recycling wafer
JP2020183044A (en) Composite sheet for forming a protective film
JP6818009B2 (en) Composite sheet for forming a protective film
TWI790400B (en) Protective film forming film, composite sheet for forming protective film, method for inspection and method for identification
JP7290771B2 (en) Protective film forming film and protective film forming composite sheet
TWI905373B (en) Protective film formation film, composite film for protective film formation, and wafer regeneration method
JP2021040098A (en) Support sheet, film for protection film form, composite sheet for protection film formation, and method for manufacturing protection film-attached work product
JP7714355B2 (en) Protective film-forming film, composite sheet for protective film formation, method for manufacturing workpiece with protective film, and method for manufacturing workpiece with protective film
JP7495355B2 (en) Composite sheet for forming protective film and method for manufacturing semiconductor chip
JP7497297B2 (en) Composite sheet for forming protective film and method for manufacturing semiconductor chip
JP7039460B2 (en) Composite sheet for forming a protective film
CN108604542B (en) Protective film-forming film and composite sheet for forming protective film
JP6805230B2 (en) Composite sheet for forming a protective film
TWI885042B (en) Composite sheet for forming protective film, and method for manufacturing chip with protective film
JP7500169B2 (en) Composite sheet for forming protective film
CN111587472B (en) Support sheet and composite sheet for forming protective film
TW202348757A (en) Protective film-forming film, composite sheet for forming protective film, method of manufacturing semiconductor device, and use of protective film-forming film providing a protective film-forming composite sheet including a support sheet and the protective film-forming film provided on one surface of the support sheet